]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
2e3b9a4fd0f41c60c34456b774da282beb91b659
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23
24 @copying
25
26 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
27 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
28 from archives.
29
30 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
31 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
32
33 @quotation
34 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
35 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
36 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
37 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
38 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
39 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
40 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
41
42 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
43 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
44 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
45 @end quotation
46 @end copying
47
48 @dircategory Archiving
49 @direntry
50 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
51 @end direntry
52
53 @dircategory Individual utilities
54 @direntry
55 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
56 @end direntry
57
58 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
62 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
63 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
64
65 @page
66 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
67 @insertcopying
68 @end titlepage
69
70 @ifnottex
71 @node Top
72 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
73
74 @insertcopying
75
76 @cindex file archival
77 @cindex archiving files
78
79 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
80 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
81 @end ifnottex
82
83 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
84 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
85
86 @menu
87 * Introduction::
88 * Tutorial::
89 * tar invocation::
90 * operations::
91 * Backups::
92 * Choosing::
93 * Date input formats::
94 * Formats::
95 * Media::
96
97 Appendices
98
99 * Changes::
100 * Configuring Help Summary::
101 * Genfile::
102 * Snapshot Files::
103 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
104 * Copying This Manual::
105 * Index of Command Line Options::
106 * Index::
107
108 @detailmenu
109 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
110
111 Introduction
112
113 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
114 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
115 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
116 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
117 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
118 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
119
120 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
121
122 * assumptions::
123 * stylistic conventions::
124 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
125 * frequent operations::
126 * Two Frequent Options::
127 * create:: How to Create Archives
128 * list:: How to List Archives
129 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
130 * going further::
131
132 Two Frequently Used Options
133
134 * file tutorial::
135 * verbose tutorial::
136 * help tutorial::
137
138 How to Create Archives
139
140 * prepare for examples::
141 * Creating the archive::
142 * create verbose::
143 * short create::
144 * create dir::
145
146 How to List Archives
147
148 * list dir::
149
150 How to Extract Members from an Archive
151
152 * extracting archives::
153 * extracting files::
154 * extract dir::
155 * failing commands::
156
157 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
158
159 * Synopsis::
160 * using tar options::
161 * Styles::
162 * All Options::
163 * help::
164 * defaults::
165 * verbose::
166 * interactive::
167
168 The Three Option Styles
169
170 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
171 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
172 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
173 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
174
175 All @command{tar} Options
176
177 * Operation Summary::
178 * Option Summary::
179 * Short Option Summary::
180
181 @GNUTAR{} Operations
182
183 * Basic tar::
184 * Advanced tar::
185 * create options::
186 * extract options::
187 * backup::
188 * Applications::
189 * looking ahead::
190
191 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
192
193 * Operations::
194 * append::
195 * update::
196 * concatenate::
197 * delete::
198 * compare::
199
200 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
201
202 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
203 * multiple::
204
205 Updating an Archive
206
207 * how to update::
208
209 Options Used by @option{--create}
210
211 * Ignore Failed Read::
212
213 Options Used by @option{--extract}
214
215 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
216 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
217 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
218
219 Options to Help Read Archives
220
221 * read full records::
222 * Ignore Zeros::
223
224 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
225
226 * Dealing with Old Files::
227 * Overwrite Old Files::
228 * Keep Old Files::
229 * Keep Newer Files::
230 * Unlink First::
231 * Recursive Unlink::
232 * Data Modification Times::
233 * Setting Access Permissions::
234 * Writing to Standard Output::
235 * remove files::
236
237 Coping with Scarce Resources
238
239 * Starting File::
240 * Same Order::
241
242 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
243
244 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
245 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
246 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
247 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
248 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
249 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
250
251 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
252
253 * General-Purpose Variables::
254 * Magnetic Tape Control::
255 * User Hooks::
256 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
257
258 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
259
260 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
261 * Selecting Archive Members::
262 * files:: Reading Names from a File
263 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
264 * Wildcards::
265 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
266 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
267 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
268
269 Reading Names from a File
270
271 * nul::
272
273 Excluding Some Files
274
275 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
276 * problems with exclude::
277
278 Crossing File System Boundaries
279
280 * directory:: Changing Directory
281 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
282
283 Date input formats
284
285 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
286 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
287 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
288 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
289 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
290 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
291 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
292 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
293 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
294
295 Controlling the Archive Format
296
297 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
298 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
299 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
300 * Standard:: The Standard Format
301 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
302 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
303
304 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
305
306 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
307 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
308 * old:: Old V7 Archives
309 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
310 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
311 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
312
313 Using Less Space through Compression
314
315 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
316 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
317
318 Tapes and Other Archive Media
319
320 * Device:: Device selection and switching
321 * Remote Tape Server::
322 * Common Problems and Solutions::
323 * Blocking:: Blocking
324 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
325 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
326 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
327 * verify::
328 * Write Protection::
329
330 Blocking
331
332 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
333 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
334
335 Many Archives on One Tape
336
337 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
338 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
339
340 Using Multiple Tapes
341
342 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
343 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
344 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
345
346 GNU tar internals and development
347
348 * Genfile::
349 * Snapshot Files::
350
351 Copying This Manual
352
353 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
354 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
355
356 @end detailmenu
357 @end menu
358
359 @node Introduction
360 @chapter Introduction
361
362 @GNUTAR{} creates
363 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
364 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
365 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
366 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
367 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
368
369 @menu
370 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
371 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
372 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
373 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
374 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
375 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
376 @end menu
377
378 @node Book Contents
379 @section What this Book Contains
380
381 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
382 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
383 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
384 or comments.
385
386 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
387 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
388 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
389 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
390 progressive order, building on information already explained.
391
392 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
393 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
394 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
395 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
396 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
397 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
398 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
399 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
400 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
401 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
402
403 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
404 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
405
406 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
407 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
408 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
409 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
410 about a specific topic.
411
412 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
413 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
414 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
415 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
416
417 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
418 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
419 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
420 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
421 indicate this.)
422
423 @node Definitions
424 @section Some Definitions
425
426 @cindex archive
427 @cindex tar archive
428 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
429 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
430 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
431 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
432 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
433 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
434 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
435 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
436
437 @cindex member
438 @cindex archive member
439 @cindex file name
440 @cindex member name
441 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
442 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
443 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
444 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
445 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
446 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
447 archive.
448
449 @cindex extraction
450 @cindex unpacking
451 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
452 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
453 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
454 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
455 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
456 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
457 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
458 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
459 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
460 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
461 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
462
463 @node What tar Does
464 @section What @command{tar} Does
465
466 @cindex tar
467 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
468 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
469 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
470 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
471 stored.
472
473 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
474 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
475 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
476 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
477 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
478
479 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
480
481 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
482 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
483
484 @table @asis
485 @item Storage
486 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
487 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
488 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
489 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
490 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
491 unit.
492
493 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
494 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
495 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
496 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
497 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
498 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
499 archives useful.
500
501 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
502 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
503 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
504 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
505 all dimensions, even time!)
506
507 @item Backup
508 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
509 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
510 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
511 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
512 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
513 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
514 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
515 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
516 file system.
517
518 @item Transportation
519 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
520 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
521 files from one system to another.
522 @end table
523
524 @node Naming tar Archives
525 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
526
527 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
528 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
529 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
530 it and to make examples more clear.
531
532 @cindex tar file
533 @cindex entry
534 @cindex tar entry
535 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
536 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
537 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
538 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
539 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
540
541 @node Authors
542 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
543
544 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
545 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
546 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
547 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
548 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
549 numerous and kind users.
550
551 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
552 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
553 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
554 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
555 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
556
557 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
558 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
559 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
560 i'll think about it.}
561
562 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
563 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
564
565 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
566 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
567 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
568 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
569 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
570 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
571 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
572 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
573 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
574 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
575 thing.}
576
577 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
578 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
579
580 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
581 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
582 active development and maintenance work has started
583 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
584 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
585
586 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
587
588 @node Reports
589 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
590
591 @cindex bug reports
592 @cindex reporting bugs
593 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
594 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
595
596 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
597 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
598 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
599 manual}.
600
601 @node Tutorial
602 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
603
604 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
605 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
606 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
607 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
608 details about how @command{tar} works.
609
610 @menu
611 * assumptions::
612 * stylistic conventions::
613 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
614 * frequent operations::
615 * Two Frequent Options::
616 * create:: How to Create Archives
617 * list:: How to List Archives
618 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
619 * going further::
620 @end menu
621
622 @node assumptions
623 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
624
625 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
626 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
627 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
628 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
629 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
630
631 @itemize @bullet
632 @item
633 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
634 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
635 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
636 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
637 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
638 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
639 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
640 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
641 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
642 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
643 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
644 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
645 else?}
646
647 @item
648 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
649 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
650 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
651 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
652 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
653 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
654 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
655
656 @item
657 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
658 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
659 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
660 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
661 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
662 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
663 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
664 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
665 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
666
667 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
668 @end itemize
669
670 @node stylistic conventions
671 @section Stylistic Conventions
672
673 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
674 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
675 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
676 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
677 sometimes @samp{like this}.
678
679 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
680 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
681
682 @node basic tar options
683 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
684
685 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
686 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
687 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
688 operations, and options.
689
690 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
691 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
692 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
693 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
694 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
695 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
696
697 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
698 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
699 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
700 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
701 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
702 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
703
704 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
705 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
706 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
707 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
708 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
709 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
710 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
711 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
712 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
713 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
714 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Mnemonic Options}, and
715 @pxref{Short Options}).
716
717 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
718 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
719 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
720 For example, instead of typing
721
722 @smallexample
723 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
724 @end smallexample
725
726 @noindent
727 you can type
728 @smallexample
729 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
730 @end smallexample
731
732 @noindent
733 or even
734 @smallexample
735 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
736 @end smallexample
737
738 @noindent
739 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
740 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
741 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
742
743 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
744 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
745 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
746 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
747 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
748 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
749 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
750
751 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
752 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
753 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
754 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
755 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
756 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
757 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
758 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
759 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
760 intends.
761
762 @node frequent operations
763 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
764
765 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
766 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
767 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
768 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
769
770 @table @option
771 @item --create
772 @itemx -c
773 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
774 @item --list
775 @itemx -t
776 List the contents of an archive.
777 @item --extract
778 @itemx -x
779 Extract one or more members from an archive.
780 @end table
781
782 @node Two Frequent Options
783 @section Two Frequently Used Options
784
785 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
786 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
787 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
788 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
789 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
790 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
791
792 @menu
793 * file tutorial::
794 * verbose tutorial::
795 * help tutorial::
796 @end menu
797
798 @node file tutorial
799 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
800
801 @table @option
802 @opindex file, tutorial
803 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
804 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
805 Specify the name of an archive file.
806 @end table
807
808 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
809 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
810 that @command{tar} will work on.
811
812 @vrindex TAPE
813 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
814 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
815 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
816 default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
817 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
818 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
819 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
820 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
821 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
822 of the following:
823
824 @smallexample
825 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
826 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
827 @end smallexample
828
829 @noindent
830 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
831 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
832 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
833 @ref{file}.
834
835 @node verbose tutorial
836 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
837
838 @table @option
839 @opindex verbose, introduced
840 @item --verbose
841 @itemx -v
842 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
843 @end table
844
845 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
846 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
847 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
848 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
849 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
850 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
851 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
852 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
853 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
854 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
855
856 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
857 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
858 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. @FIXME{Describe the
859 exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.}
860 Other times, @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
861 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
862 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
863 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
864
865 @smallexample
866 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
867 @end smallexample
868
869 @noindent
870 above, you might say
871
872 @smallexample
873 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
874 @end smallexample
875
876 @noindent
877 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
878 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
879 twice, like this:
880
881 @smallexample
882 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
883 @end smallexample
884
885 @noindent
886 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
887
888 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
889 --verbose}}.
890
891 @node help tutorial
892 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
893
894 @table @option
895 @opindex help
896 @item --help
897
898 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
899 all operations and option available for the current version of
900 @command{tar} available on your system.
901 @end table
902
903 @node create
904 @section How to Create Archives
905 @UNREVISED
906
907 @cindex Creation of the archive
908 @cindex Archive, creation of
909 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
910 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
911 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
912 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
913 practice on.
914
915 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
916 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
917 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
918 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
919 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
920 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
921 other directories and other archives.
922
923 The three files you will archive in this example are called
924 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
925 @file{collection.tar}.
926
927 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
928 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
929 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
930 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
931 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
932 @command{tar} works.
933
934 @menu
935 * prepare for examples::
936 * Creating the archive::
937 * create verbose::
938 * short create::
939 * create dir::
940 @end menu
941
942 @node prepare for examples
943 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
944
945 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
946 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
947 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
948 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
949 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
950 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
951
952 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
953 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
954 the full path name of this directory is
955 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
956 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
957
958 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
959 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
960 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
961 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
962
963 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
964 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
965 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
966 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
967 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
968 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
969 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
970 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
971 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
972 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
973
974 @node Creating the archive
975 @subsection Creating the Archive
976
977 @opindex create, introduced
978 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
979 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
980
981 @smallexample
982 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
983 @end smallexample
984
985 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
986 option forms}. You could also say:
987
988 @smallexample
989 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
990 @end smallexample
991
992 @noindent
993 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
994 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
995 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
996 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
997
998 Note that the part of the command which says,
999 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1000 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1001 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1002 archive file you create.
1003
1004 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1005 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1006 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1007 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1008 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1009 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1010
1011 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1012 is the operation which creates the new archive
1013 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1014 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1015 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1016 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1017 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1018 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1019 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1020
1021 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1022 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1023 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1024
1025 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1026 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1027
1028 @smallexample
1029 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1030 @end smallexample
1031
1032 @noindent
1033 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1034 the files in the directory.
1035
1036 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1037 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1038 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1039 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1040
1041 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1042 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1043 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1044
1045 @node create verbose
1046 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1047
1048 @opindex create, using with @option{--verbose}
1049 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--create}
1050 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1051 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1052 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1053
1054 @smallexample
1055 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1056 blues
1057 folk
1058 jazz
1059 @end smallexample
1060
1061 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1062 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1063 @iftex
1064 (note the different font styles).
1065 @end iftex
1066 @ifinfo
1067 .
1068 @end ifinfo
1069
1070 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1071 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1072 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1073 understand.
1074
1075 @node short create
1076 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1077
1078 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1079 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1080 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1081 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1082 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1083 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1084 using short option forms:
1085
1086 @smallexample
1087 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1088 blues
1089 folk
1090 jazz
1091 @end smallexample
1092
1093 @noindent
1094 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1095 long or short option forms.
1096
1097 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1098 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1099 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1100 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1101 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1102 following way:
1103
1104 @smallexample
1105 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1106 @end smallexample
1107
1108 @noindent
1109 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1110 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1111 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1112 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1113 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1114 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1115 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1116 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1117 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1118 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1119 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1120
1121 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1122 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1123 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1124
1125 This example,
1126
1127 @smallexample
1128 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1129 @end smallexample
1130
1131 @noindent
1132 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1133 becomes much more so:
1134
1135 @smallexample
1136 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1137 @end smallexample
1138
1139 @noindent
1140 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1141 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1142 valuable data.
1143
1144 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1145 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1146 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1147 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1148 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1149
1150 @node create dir
1151 @subsection Archiving Directories
1152
1153 @cindex Archiving Directories
1154 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1155 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1156 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1157 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1158 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1159
1160 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1161 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1162 type:
1163
1164 @smallexample
1165 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1166 $
1167 @end smallexample
1168
1169 @noindent
1170 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1171 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1172 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1173 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1174
1175 @smallexample
1176 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1177 @end smallexample
1178
1179 @noindent
1180 @command{tar} should output:
1181
1182 @smallexample
1183 practice/
1184 practice/blues
1185 practice/folk
1186 practice/jazz
1187 practice/collection.tar
1188 @end smallexample
1189
1190 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1191 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1192 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1193 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1194 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1195 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1196 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1197 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1198 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1199 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1200 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1201 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1202 into the file system).
1203
1204 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1205
1206 @smallexample
1207 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1208 @end smallexample
1209
1210 @noindent
1211 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1212 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1213 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1214 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1215 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1216 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1217 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1218 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1219 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1220 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1221 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1222 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1223 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1224 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1225 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1226 directory being dumped.}
1227
1228 @node list
1229 @section How to List Archives
1230
1231 @opindex list
1232 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1233 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation
1234 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1235 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1236 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1237 created in the last section with the command,
1238
1239 @smallexample
1240 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1241 @end smallexample
1242
1243 @noindent
1244 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1245
1246 @smallexample
1247 blues
1248 folk
1249 jazz
1250 @end smallexample
1251
1252 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1253 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1254
1255 @noindent
1256 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1257
1258 @smallexample
1259 ./birds
1260 baboon
1261 ./box
1262 @end smallexample
1263
1264 @noindent
1265 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1266 to specify the name of the archive.
1267
1268 @opindex list, using with @option{--verbose}
1269 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--list}
1270 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with @option{--list}, then
1271 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1272 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1273
1274 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example above would look
1275 like:
1276
1277 @smallexample
1278 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1279 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1280 @end smallexample
1281
1282 @cindex listing member and file names
1283 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1284 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1285 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1286 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1287 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1288 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1289 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1290 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1291 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1292 example:
1293
1294 @smallexample
1295 @group
1296 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1297 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1298 /etc/mail/
1299 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1300 /etc/mail/aliases
1301 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1302 etc/mail/
1303 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1304 etc/mail/aliases
1305 @end group
1306 @end smallexample
1307
1308 @opindex show-stored-names
1309 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1310 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1311 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1312
1313 @table @option
1314 @item --show-stored-names
1315 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1316 @end table
1317
1318 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1319 @opindex list, using with file name arguments
1320 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1321 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1322 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1323 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1324
1325 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1326 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1327 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1328 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1329 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1330 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1331 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1332 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1333 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1334 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1335 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1336
1337 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1338 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1339 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1340 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1341 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1342 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1343 stored in the specified archive.
1344
1345 @menu
1346 * list dir::
1347 @end menu
1348
1349 @node list dir
1350 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1351
1352 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1353 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1354 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1355 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1356
1357 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1358 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1359
1360 @smallexample
1361 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1362 @end smallexample
1363
1364 @command{tar} responds:
1365
1366 @smallexample
1367 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1368 -rw-r--r-- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1369 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1370 -rw-r--r-- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1371 -rw-r--r-- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1372 @end smallexample
1373
1374 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1375 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1376
1377 @node extract
1378 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1379 @UNREVISED
1380 @cindex Extraction
1381 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1382 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1383
1384 @opindex extract
1385 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1386 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1387 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1388 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1389 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1390 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1391 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1392 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1393 multiple times if you want or need to.
1394
1395 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1396 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1397 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1398 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1399
1400 @menu
1401 * extracting archives::
1402 * extracting files::
1403 * extract dir::
1404 * extracting untrusted archives::
1405 * failing commands::
1406 @end menu
1407
1408 @node extracting archives
1409 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1410
1411 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1412 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1413
1414 @smallexample
1415 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1416 @end smallexample
1417
1418 @noindent
1419 produces this:
1420
1421 @smallexample
1422 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1423 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1424 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1425 @end smallexample
1426
1427 @node extracting files
1428 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1429
1430 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1431 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had mistakenly deleted
1432 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1433 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1434 changing the archive's structure. Its contents will be identical to the
1435 original file @file{blues} that you deleted.
1436
1437 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1438 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1439 the files in the directory again.
1440
1441 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1442 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1443
1444 @smallexample
1445 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1446 @end smallexample
1447
1448 @noindent
1449 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1450 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data modification
1451 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1452 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1453 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1454 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1455 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1456 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1457 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1458 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1459 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1460 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1461 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1462 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1463
1464 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1465 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1466 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1467 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1468 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1469 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @option{--list} (@option{-t})
1470 (@pxref{list}).
1471
1472 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1473 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1474 Output}).
1475
1476 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1477 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1478
1479 @node extract dir
1480 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1481
1482 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1483 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1484 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1485 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1486 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1487 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1488 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1489 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1490 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1491 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1492 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1493 @pxref{Writing}).
1494
1495 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1496 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1497 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1498
1499 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1500 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1501 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1502 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1503 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1504 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1505 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1506 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1507 following command:
1508
1509 @smallexample
1510 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1511 practice/folk
1512 practice/jazz
1513 @end smallexample
1514
1515 @noindent
1516 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1517 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1518 in the example below:
1519
1520 @smallexample
1521 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1522 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1523 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1524 @end smallexample
1525
1526 @noindent
1527 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1528 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1529 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1530 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1531
1532 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1533 will be.}
1534
1535 @node extracting untrusted archives
1536 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1537
1538 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1539 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1540 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1541 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1542 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1543 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1544 extract it as follows:
1545
1546 @smallexample
1547 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1548 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1549 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1550 @end smallexample
1551
1552 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1553 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1554 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1555
1556 @node failing commands
1557 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1558
1559 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1560 they won't work.
1561
1562 If you try to use this command,
1563
1564 @smallexample
1565 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1566 @end smallexample
1567
1568 @noindent
1569 you will get the following response:
1570
1571 @smallexample
1572 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1573 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1574 $
1575 @end smallexample
1576
1577 @noindent
1578 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1579 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1580 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1581
1582 @smallexample
1583 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1584 practice/folk
1585 practice/jazz
1586 practice/rock
1587 @end smallexample
1588
1589 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1590 order...}
1591
1592 @noindent
1593 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1594
1595 @smallexample
1596 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1597 @end smallexample
1598
1599 @noindent
1600 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1601 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1602 files from the archive.
1603
1604 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1605 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1606
1607 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1608
1609 @node going further
1610 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1611
1612 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1613 be in the rest of the manual.}
1614
1615 @node tar invocation
1616 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1617 @UNREVISED
1618
1619 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1620 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1621 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1622 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1623 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1624 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1625 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1626 depending on what the operation is.
1627
1628 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1629 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1630 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1631 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1632 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1633
1634 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1635 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1636 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1637 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1638 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1639 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1640
1641 @menu
1642 * Synopsis::
1643 * using tar options::
1644 * Styles::
1645 * All Options::
1646 * help::
1647 * defaults::
1648 * verbose::
1649 * interactive::
1650 @end menu
1651
1652 @node Synopsis
1653 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1654
1655 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1656
1657 @smallexample
1658 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1659 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1660 @end smallexample
1661
1662 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1663
1664 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1665 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1666 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1667 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1668 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1669 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1670 @command{tar} is to act on.
1671
1672 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1673 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1674 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1675 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1676
1677 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1678 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1679 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1680 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1681 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1682 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1683 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1684 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1685 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1686 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1687 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1688
1689 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1690 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1691 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1692 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1693 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1694 @option{--absolute-names}.
1695
1696 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1697 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1698 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1699 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1700
1701 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1702 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1703 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1704 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1705 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1706 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1707 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1708 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1709 sufficient for this.
1710
1711 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1712 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1713 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1714
1715 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1716 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1717 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1718 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1719 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1720 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1721 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1722
1723 @cindex exit status
1724 @cindex return status
1725 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1726 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1727 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1728 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1729 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1730 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1731 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1732 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1733 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1734 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1735 the error.
1736
1737 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1738 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1739 @option{--compare} @option{--diff}, @option{-d}) option, zero means
1740 that everything went well, besides maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero
1741 means that something went wrong. Right now, as of today, ``nonzero''
1742 is almost always 2, except for remote operations, where it may be
1743 128.
1744
1745 @node using tar options
1746 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1747
1748 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1749 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1750 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1751 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1752 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1753 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1754 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1755 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1756 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1757 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1758
1759 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1760 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1761 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1762 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1763 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1764 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1765 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1766 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1767 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1768 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1769 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1770 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1771
1772 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1773 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1774 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1775 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1776 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1777 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1778 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1779 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1780 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1781
1782 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1783 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1784 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1785 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1786 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1787
1788 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1789 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1790 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1791 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1792 styles.
1793
1794 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1795 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1796 incorporated.}
1797
1798 @node Styles
1799 @section The Three Option Styles
1800
1801 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1802 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1803 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1804 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1805
1806 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @option{--file}
1807 (@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1808 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1809 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1810 supply a specific archive file name.) Where you @emph{place} the
1811 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1812 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1813 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1814 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1815 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1816 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1817 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1818
1819 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1820 two such options: @option{--backup} and @option{--occurrence}). Such
1821 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1822 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1823 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1824 pay special attention to them.
1825
1826 @menu
1827 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1828 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1829 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1830 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1831 @end menu
1832
1833 @node Mnemonic Options
1834 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1835
1836 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1837 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1838
1839 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1840 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1841 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1842 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1843 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1844 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1845 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1846 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1847 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1848 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1849 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1850 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1851 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1852 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1853 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1854
1855 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1856 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1857 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1858
1859 @smallexample
1860 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1861 @end smallexample
1862
1863 @noindent
1864 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1865 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1866
1867 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1868 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1869 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1870 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1871 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1872 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1873 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1874 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1875
1876 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1877 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1878 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1879 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1880
1881 @node Short Options
1882 @subsection Short Option Style
1883
1884 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1885 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
1886 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1887 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1888
1889 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1890
1891 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1892 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1893 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1894 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1895 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1896 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1897 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1898 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1899
1900 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1901 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1902 white space characters}.
1903
1904 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1905 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1906 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1907 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1908 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1909 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1910 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1911 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1912
1913 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1914 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1915 For example:
1916
1917 @smallexample
1918 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1919 @end smallexample
1920
1921 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1922 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1923 end up overwriting files.
1924
1925 @node Old Options
1926 @subsection Old Option Style
1927 @UNREVISED
1928
1929 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1930 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1931 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1932 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1933 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1934 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1935 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1936 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1937 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1938 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1939 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1940 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1941
1942 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1943
1944 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1945 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1946 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1947 style as follows:
1948
1949 @smallexample
1950 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1951 @end smallexample
1952
1953 @noindent
1954 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1955 the argument of @option{-f}.
1956
1957 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1958 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1959 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1960 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1961 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1962 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1963 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1964 pertain to.
1965
1966 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1967 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
1968
1969 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
1970 users. For example, the two commands:
1971
1972 @smallexample
1973 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1974 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1975 @end smallexample
1976
1977 @noindent
1978 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
1979 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
1980 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
1981 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
1982
1983 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
1984
1985 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
1986 following are equivalent:
1987
1988 @smallexample
1989 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
1990 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1991 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1992 @end smallexample
1993
1994 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
1995
1996 @cindex option syntax, traditional
1997 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
1998 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
1999 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2000 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2001 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2002 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2003 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2004 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2005
2006 @node Mixing
2007 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2008
2009 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2010 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2011 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2012 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2013 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2014 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2015 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2016 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2017 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2018 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2019 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2020 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2021 style options.
2022
2023 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2024 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2025
2026 @smallexample
2027 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2028 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2029 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2030 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2031 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2032 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2033 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2034 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2035 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2036 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2037 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2038 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2039 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2040 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2041 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2042 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2043 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2044 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2045 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2046 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2047 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2048 @end smallexample
2049
2050 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2051 the previous set:
2052
2053 @smallexample
2054 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2055 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2056 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2057 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2058 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2059 @end smallexample
2060
2061 @noindent
2062 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2063 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2064 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2065 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2066 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2067 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2068 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2069 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2070 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2071 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2072 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2073
2074 @node All Options
2075 @section All @command{tar} Options
2076
2077 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2078 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2079 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2080 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2081 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2082 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2083
2084 @menu
2085 * Operation Summary::
2086 * Option Summary::
2087 * Short Option Summary::
2088 @end menu
2089
2090 @node Operation Summary
2091 @subsection Operations
2092
2093 @table @option
2094
2095 @opindex append, summary
2096 @item --append
2097 @itemx -r
2098
2099 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2100
2101 @opindex catenate, summary
2102 @item --catenate
2103 @itemx -A
2104
2105 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2106
2107 @opindex compare, summary
2108 @item --compare
2109 @itemx -d
2110
2111 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2112 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2113 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2114
2115 @opindex concatenate, summary
2116 @item --concatenate
2117 @itemx -A
2118
2119 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2120 @xref{concatenate}.
2121
2122 @opindex create, summary
2123 @item --create
2124 @itemx -c
2125
2126 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2127
2128 @opindex delete, summary
2129 @item --delete
2130
2131 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2132 tape! @xref{delete}.
2133
2134 @opindex diff, summary
2135 @item --diff
2136 @itemx -d
2137
2138 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2139
2140 @opindex extract, summary
2141 @item --extract
2142 @itemx -x
2143
2144 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2145
2146 @opindex get, summary
2147 @item --get
2148 @itemx -x
2149
2150 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2151
2152 @opindex list, summary
2153 @item --list
2154 @itemx -t
2155
2156 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2157
2158 @opindex update, summary
2159 @item --update
2160 @itemx -u
2161
2162 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2163 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2164 as @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) does a lot more than @option{--update} (@option{-u}) for
2165 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2166 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2167 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2168 @xref{update}.
2169
2170 @end table
2171
2172 @node Option Summary
2173 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2174
2175 @table @option
2176
2177 @opindex absolute-names, summary
2178 @item --absolute-names
2179 @itemx -P
2180
2181 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2182 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2183 @xref{absolute}.
2184
2185 @opindex after-date, summary
2186 @item --after-date
2187
2188 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2189
2190 @opindex anchored, summary
2191 @item --anchored
2192 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2193 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2194
2195 @opindex atime-preserve, summary
2196 @item --atime-preserve
2197 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2198 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2199
2200 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2201 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2202 have superuser privileges.
2203
2204 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2205 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2206 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2207 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2208 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2209 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2210 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2211 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2212 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2213 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2214 incompatible with incremental backups.
2215
2216 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2217 without interfering with time stamp updates
2218 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2219 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2220 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2221 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2222 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2223 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2224 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2225 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2226 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2227 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2228 option works when it actually does not.
2229
2230 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2231 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2232 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2233
2234 If your operating system does not support
2235 @option{--atime-preserve=system}, you might be able to preserve access
2236 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2237 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2238 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2239 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2240 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2241
2242 @opindex backup, summary
2243 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2244
2245 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2246 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2247 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2248
2249 @opindex block-number, summary
2250 @item --block-number
2251 @itemx -R
2252
2253 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2254 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2255
2256 @opindex blocking-factor, summary
2257 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2258 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2259
2260 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2261 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2262
2263 @opindex bzip2, summary
2264 @item --bzip2
2265 @itemx -j
2266
2267 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2268 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2269
2270 @opindex checkpoint, summary
2271 @item --checkpoint
2272
2273 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2274 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2275 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2276 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2277
2278 @opindex check-links, summary
2279 @item --check-links
2280 @itemx -l
2281 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2282 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2283 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2284 output.
2285
2286 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2287 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2288 semantics for @option{-l}.
2289
2290 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
2291
2292 @opindex compress, summary
2293 @opindex uncompress, summary
2294 @item --compress
2295 @itemx --uncompress
2296 @itemx -Z
2297
2298 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2299 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2300 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2301
2302 @opindex confirmation, summary
2303 @item --confirmation
2304
2305 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2306
2307 @opindex delay-directory-restore, summary
2308 @item --delay-directory-restore
2309
2310 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2311 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2312
2313 @opindex dereference, summary
2314 @item --dereference
2315 @itemx -h
2316
2317 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2318 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2319 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2320
2321 @opindex directory, summary
2322 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2323 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2324
2325 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2326 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2327 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2328
2329 @opindex exclude, summary
2330 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2331
2332 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2333 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2334
2335 @opindex exclude-from, summary
2336 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2337 @itemx -X @var{file}
2338
2339 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2340 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2341
2342 @opindex exclude-caches, summary
2343 @item --exclude-caches
2344
2345 Automatically excludes all directories
2346 containing a cache directory tag. @xref{exclude}.
2347
2348 @opindex file, summary
2349 @item --file=@var{archive}
2350 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2351
2352 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2353 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2354 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2355
2356 @opindex files-from, summary
2357 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2358 @itemx -T @var{file}
2359
2360 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2361 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2362 command-line. @xref{files}.
2363
2364 @opindex force-local, summary
2365 @item --force-local
2366
2367 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2368 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2369 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2370
2371 @opindex format, summary
2372 @item --format=@var{format}
2373
2374 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2375 following:
2376
2377 @table @samp
2378 @item v7
2379 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2380
2381 @item oldgnu
2382 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2383 1.12 or earlier.
2384
2385 @item gnu
2386 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2387 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2388 numeric fields.
2389
2390 @item ustar
2391 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2392
2393 @item posix
2394 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2395
2396 @end table
2397
2398 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2399
2400 @opindex group, summary
2401 @item --group=@var{group}
2402
2403 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2404 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2405 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2406 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2407
2408 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2409
2410 @opindex gzip, summary
2411 @opindex gunzip, summary
2412 @opindex ungzip, summary
2413 @item --gzip
2414 @itemx --gunzip
2415 @itemx --ungzip
2416 @itemx -z
2417
2418 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2419 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2420 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2421
2422 @opindex help, summary
2423 @item --help
2424
2425 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2426 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2427
2428 @opindex ignore-case, summary
2429 @item --ignore-case
2430 Ignore case when excluding files. @xref{controlling pattern-matching
2431 with exclude}.
2432
2433 @opindex ignore-command-error, summary
2434 @item --ignore-command-error
2435 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2436
2437 @opindex ignore-failed-read, summary
2438 @item --ignore-failed-read
2439
2440 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2441 @xref{Reading}.
2442
2443 @opindex ignore-zeros, summary
2444 @item --ignore-zeros
2445 @itemx -i
2446
2447 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2448 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2449
2450 @opindex incremental, summary
2451 @item --incremental
2452 @itemx -G
2453
2454 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2455 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2456 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME{incremental and
2457 listed-incremental}.
2458
2459 @opindex index-file, summary
2460 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2461
2462 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2463
2464 @opindex info-script, summary
2465 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2466 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2467 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2468 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2469
2470 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2471 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2472 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2473 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2474
2475 @opindex interactive, summary
2476 @item --interactive
2477 @itemx --confirmation
2478 @itemx -w
2479
2480 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2481 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2482 @xref{interactive}.
2483
2484 @opindex keep-newer-files, summary
2485 @item --keep-newer-files
2486
2487 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2488 when extracting files from an archive.
2489
2490 @opindex keep-old-files, summary
2491 @item --keep-old-files
2492 @itemx -k
2493
2494 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2495 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2496
2497 @opindex label, summary
2498 @item --label=@var{name}
2499 @itemx -V @var{name}
2500
2501 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2502 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2503 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2504 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2505
2506 @opindex listed-incremental, summary
2507 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2508 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2509
2510 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2511 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2512 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2513 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2514 incremental format. @FIXME{incremental and listed-incremental}.
2515
2516 @opindex mode, summary
2517 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2518
2519 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2520 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2521 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2522 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2523 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2524 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2525 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2526 permission system.
2527
2528 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2529 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2530 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2531 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2532 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2533
2534 @opindex multi-volume, summary
2535 @item --multi-volume
2536 @itemx -M
2537
2538 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2539 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2540
2541 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2542 @item --new-volume-script
2543
2544 (see --info-script)
2545
2546 @opindex seek, summary
2547 @item --seek
2548 @itemx -n
2549
2550 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2551 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2552 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2553 in cases when such recognition fails.
2554
2555 @opindex newer, summary
2556 @item --newer=@var{date}
2557 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2558 @itemx -N
2559
2560 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2561 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2562 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2563 the date. @xref{after}.
2564
2565 @opindex newer-mtime, summary
2566 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2567
2568 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2569 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2570 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2571
2572 @opindex no-anchored, summary
2573 @item --no-anchored
2574 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2575 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2576
2577 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore, summary
2578 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2579
2580 Setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2581 directories when all files from this directory has been
2582 extracted. This is the default. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2583
2584 @opindex no-ignore-case, summary
2585 @item --no-ignore-case
2586 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2587 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2588
2589 @opindex no-ignore-command-error, summary
2590 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2591 Print warnings about subprocesses terminated with a non-zero exit
2592 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2593
2594 @opindex no-recursion, summary
2595 @item --no-recursion
2596
2597 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2598 @xref{recurse}.
2599
2600 @opindex no-same-owner, summary
2601 @item --no-same-owner
2602 @itemx -o
2603
2604 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2605 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2606 for ordinary users.
2607
2608 @opindex no-same-permissions, summary
2609 @item --no-same-permissions
2610
2611 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2612 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2613 for ordinary users.
2614
2615 @opindex no-wildcards, summary
2616 @item --no-wildcards
2617 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2618 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2619
2620 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash, summary
2621 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2622 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2623 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
2624
2625 @opindex null, summary
2626 @item --null
2627
2628 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2629 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2630 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2631 @xref{nul}.
2632
2633 @opindex numeric-owner, summary
2634 @item --numeric-owner
2635
2636 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2637 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2638 @xref{Attributes}.
2639
2640 @item -o
2641 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2642 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2643 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2644
2645 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2646 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2647 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2648 removed in the future releases.
2649
2650 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
2651
2652 @opindex occurrence, summary
2653 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2654
2655 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2656 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2657 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2658 line or via @option{-T} option.
2659
2660 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2661 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2662
2663 @smallexample
2664 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2665 @end smallexample
2666
2667 @noindent
2668 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2669 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2670
2671 @opindex old-archive, summary
2672 @item --old-archive
2673 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2674
2675 @opindex one-file-system, summary
2676 @item --one-file-system
2677 @itemx -l
2678 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2679 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2680 directory.
2681
2682 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2683 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2684 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2685 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2686 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2687
2688 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
2689
2690 @opindex overwrite, summary
2691 @item --overwrite
2692
2693 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2694 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2695
2696 @opindex overwrite-dir, summary
2697 @item --overwrite-dir
2698
2699 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2700 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2701
2702 @opindex owner, summary
2703 @item --owner=@var{user}
2704
2705 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2706 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2707 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2708 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2709 @FIXME-xref{}
2710
2711 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2712 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2713 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2714 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2715
2716 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2717
2718 @opindex pax-option, summary
2719 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2720 @FIXME{Such a detailed description does not belong there, move it elsewhere.}
2721 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2722 (@pxref{posix}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2723 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2724 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2725 the following forms:
2726
2727 @table @asis
2728 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2729 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
2730 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2731 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2732
2733 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2734 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2735 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2736 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
2737 (See @cite{glob(7)}). For example:
2738
2739 @smallexample
2740 --pax-option delete=security.*
2741 @end smallexample
2742
2743 would suppress security-related information.
2744
2745 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2746
2747 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2748 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2749 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2750
2751 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2752 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2753 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2754 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2755 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2756 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2757 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2758 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2759 @end multitable
2760
2761 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2762 results.
2763
2764 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2765 will use the following default value:
2766
2767 @smallexample
2768 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2769 @end smallexample
2770
2771 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2772 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2773 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2774 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2775 following character substitutions have been made:
2776
2777 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2778 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2779 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2780 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2781 starting at 1.
2782 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2783 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2784 @end multitable
2785
2786 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2787
2788 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2789 will use the following default value:
2790
2791 @smallexample
2792 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2793 @end smallexample
2794
2795 @noindent
2796 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2797 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2798 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2799
2800 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2801 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2802 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2803 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2804 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2805 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2806 record.
2807
2808 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2809 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2810 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2811 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2812 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2813
2814 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2815 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2816 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2817 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2818 For example, in the command:
2819
2820 @smallexample
2821 tar --format=posix --create \
2822 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2823 @end smallexample
2824
2825 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2826 stored in the archive.
2827 @end table
2828
2829 @opindex portability, summary
2830 @item --portability
2831 @itemx --old-archive
2832 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2833
2834 @opindex posix, summary
2835 @item --posix
2836 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2837
2838 @opindex preserve, summary
2839 @item --preserve
2840
2841 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2842 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2843
2844 @opindex preserve-order, summary
2845 @item --preserve-order
2846
2847 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2848
2849 @opindex preserve-permissions, summary
2850 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2851 @item --preserve-permissions
2852 @itemx --same-permissions
2853 @itemx -p
2854
2855 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2856 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2857 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2858 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2859 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2860
2861 @opindex read-full-records, summary
2862 @item --read-full-records
2863 @itemx -B
2864
2865 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2866 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2867
2868 @opindex record-size, summary
2869 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2870
2871 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2872 archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2873
2874 @opindex recursion, summary
2875 @item --recursion
2876
2877 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2878 @xref{recurse}.
2879
2880 @opindex recursive-unlink, summary
2881 @item --recursive-unlink
2882
2883 Remove existing
2884 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2885 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2886
2887 @opindex remove-files, summary
2888 @item --remove-files
2889
2890 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2891 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
2892
2893 @opindex restrict, summary
2894 @item --restrict
2895
2896 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
2897 Currently this option disables shell invocaton from multi-volume menu
2898 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
2899
2900 @opindex rmt-command, summary
2901 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2902
2903 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2904 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2905
2906 @opindex rsh-command, summary
2907 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2908
2909 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2910 devices. @xref{Device}.
2911
2912 @opindex same-order, summary
2913 @item --same-order
2914 @itemx --preserve-order
2915 @itemx -s
2916
2917 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2918 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2919 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2920 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2921
2922 @opindex same-owner, summary
2923 @item --same-owner
2924
2925 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2926 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2927 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2928 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
2929
2930 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2931 @item --same-permissions
2932
2933 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
2934
2935 @opindex show-defaults, summary
2936 @item --show-defaults
2937
2938 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2939 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2940 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2941
2942 @smallexample
2943 $ tar --show-defaults
2944 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2945 @end smallexample
2946
2947 @opindex show-omitted-dirs, summary
2948 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2949
2950 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2951 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
2952
2953 @opindex show-stored-names, summary
2954 @item --show-stored-names
2955
2956 This option has effect only when used in conjunction with one of
2957 archive creation operations. It instructs tar to list the member names
2958 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
2959 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
2960
2961 @opindex sparse, summary
2962 @item --sparse
2963 @itemx -S
2964
2965 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2966 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
2967
2968 @opindex starting-file, summary
2969 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2970 @itemx -K @var{name}
2971
2972 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2973 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2974 @xref{Scarce}.
2975
2976 @opindex strip-components, summary
2977 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2978 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2979 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2980 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2981 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2982
2983 @smallexample
2984 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2985 @end smallexample
2986
2987 @noindent
2988 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2989
2990 @opindex suffix, summary
2991 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2992
2993 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2994 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
2995
2996 @opindex tape-length, summary
2997 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2998 @itemx -L @var{num}
2999
3000 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3001 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3002
3003 @opindex test-label, summary
3004 @item --test-label
3005
3006 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3007 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3008
3009 @opindex to-command, summary
3010 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3011
3012 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3013 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3014
3015 @opindex to-stdout, summary
3016 @item --to-stdout
3017 @itemx -O
3018
3019 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3020 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3021
3022 @opindex totals, summary
3023 @item --totals
3024
3025 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3026 @xref{verbose}.
3027
3028 @opindex touch, summary
3029 @item --touch
3030 @itemx -m
3031
3032 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3033 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3034 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3035
3036 @opindex uncompress, summary
3037 @item --uncompress
3038
3039 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3040
3041 @opindex ungzip, summary
3042 @item --ungzip
3043
3044 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3045
3046 @opindex unlink-first, summary
3047 @item --unlink-first
3048 @itemx -U
3049
3050 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3051 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3052
3053 @opindex use-compress-program, summary
3054 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3055
3056 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3057 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3058
3059 @opindex utc, summary
3060 @item --utc
3061
3062 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3063 @option{--verbose}.
3064
3065 @opindex verbose, summary
3066 @item --verbose
3067 @itemx -v
3068
3069 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3070 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3071 operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3072 @xref{verbose}.
3073
3074 @opindex verify, summary
3075 @item --verify
3076 @itemx -W
3077
3078 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3079 archive. @xref{verify}.
3080
3081 @opindex version, summary
3082 @item --version
3083
3084 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
3085 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
3086 @xref{help}.
3087
3088 @opindex volno-file, summary
3089 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3090
3091 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3092 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3093 @xref{volno-file}.
3094
3095 @opindex wildcards, summary
3096 @item --wildcards
3097 Use wildcards when excluding files.
3098 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3099
3100 @opindex wildcards-match-slash, summary
3101 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3102 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
3103 @xref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}.
3104 @end table
3105
3106 @node Short Option Summary
3107 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3108
3109 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3110 them with the equivalent long option.
3111
3112 @table @option
3113
3114 @item -A
3115
3116 @option{--concatenate}
3117
3118 @item -B
3119
3120 @option{--read-full-records}
3121
3122 @item -C
3123
3124 @option{--directory}
3125
3126 @item -F
3127
3128 @option{--info-script}
3129
3130 @item -G
3131
3132 @option{--incremental}
3133
3134 @item -K
3135
3136 @option{--starting-file}
3137
3138 @item -L
3139
3140 @option{--tape-length}
3141
3142 @item -M
3143
3144 @option{--multi-volume}
3145
3146 @item -N
3147
3148 @option{--newer}
3149
3150 @item -O
3151
3152 @option{--to-stdout}
3153
3154 @item -P
3155
3156 @option{--absolute-names}
3157
3158 @item -R
3159
3160 @option{--block-number}
3161
3162 @item -S
3163
3164 @option{--sparse}
3165
3166 @item -T
3167
3168 @option{--files-from}
3169
3170 @item -U
3171
3172 @option{--unlink-first}
3173
3174 @item -V
3175
3176 @option{--label}
3177
3178 @item -W
3179
3180 @option{--verify}
3181
3182 @item -X
3183
3184 @option{--exclude-from}
3185
3186 @item -Z
3187
3188 @option{--compress}
3189
3190 @item -b
3191
3192 @option{--blocking-factor}
3193
3194 @item -c
3195
3196 @option{--create}
3197
3198 @item -d
3199
3200 @option{--compare}
3201
3202 @item -f
3203
3204 @option{--file}
3205
3206 @item -g
3207
3208 @option{--listed-incremental}
3209
3210 @item -h
3211
3212 @option{--dereference}
3213
3214 @item -i
3215
3216 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3217
3218 @item -j
3219
3220 @option{--bzip2}
3221
3222 @item -k
3223
3224 @option{--keep-old-files}
3225
3226 @item -l
3227
3228 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3229 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3230 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3231
3232 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3233
3234 @item -m
3235
3236 @option{--touch}
3237
3238 @item -o
3239
3240 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3241 @option{--portability}.
3242
3243 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3244 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3245 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3246
3247 @item -p
3248
3249 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3250
3251 @item -r
3252
3253 @option{--append}
3254
3255 @item -s
3256
3257 @option{--same-order}
3258
3259 @item -t
3260
3261 @option{--list}
3262
3263 @item -u
3264
3265 @option{--update}
3266
3267 @item -v
3268
3269 @option{--verbose}
3270
3271 @item -w
3272
3273 @option{--interactive}
3274
3275 @item -x
3276
3277 @option{--extract}
3278
3279 @item -z
3280
3281 @option{--gzip}
3282
3283 @end table
3284
3285 @node help
3286 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3287
3288 @cindex Getting program version number
3289 @opindex version
3290 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3291 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3292 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3293 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3294 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3295 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3296 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3297 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3298 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3299
3300 @smallexample
3301 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3302 @end smallexample
3303
3304 @noindent
3305 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3306 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3307 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3308 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3309 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3310 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3311 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3312 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3313 @option{--version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3314 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3315
3316 @cindex Obtaining help
3317 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3318 @opindex help, introduction
3319 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3320 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3321 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3322 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3323 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3324 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3325 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3326 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3327 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3328 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3329
3330 @smallexample
3331 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3332 @end smallexample
3333
3334 @noindent
3335 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3336 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3337 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3338 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3339
3340 @smallexample
3341 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3342 @end smallexample
3343
3344 @noindent
3345 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3346 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3347 command will list only the first of them.
3348
3349 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3350 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3351
3352 @opindex usage
3353 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3354 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3355 @command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3356
3357 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3358 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3359 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3360 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3361 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3362 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3363 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3364 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3365 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3366 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3367 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3368 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3369 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3370 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3371
3372 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3373 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3374 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3375 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3376 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3377 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3378 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3379
3380 @node defaults
3381 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3382
3383 @opindex show-defaults
3384 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3385 explicitely specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3386 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3387 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3388
3389 @smallexample
3390 @group
3391 @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3392 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3393 @end group
3394 @end smallexample
3395
3396 @noindent
3397 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3398 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3399 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3400 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3401 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3402 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3403
3404 @node verbose
3405 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3406
3407 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3408 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3409 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3410 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3411 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3412 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3413 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3414 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3415 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3416 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3417 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3418 helpful diagnostic tools.
3419
3420 @cindex Verbose operation
3421 @opindex verbose
3422 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3423 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3424 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3425 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3426 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3427 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3428 monitoring @command{tar}.
3429
3430 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3431 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3432 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3433 (reminiscent of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @option{--list}
3434 already prints the names of the members, @option{--verbose} used once
3435 with @option{--list} causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l}
3436 type listing of the files in the archive. The following examples both
3437 extract members with long list output:
3438
3439 @smallexample
3440 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3441 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3442 @end smallexample
3443
3444 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3445 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3446 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3447 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3448 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3449
3450 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3451 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3452 error.
3453
3454 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3455 @opindex totals
3456 The @option{--totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3457 @option{--create} (@option{-c})---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3458 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3459
3460 @cindex Progress information
3461 @opindex checkpoint
3462 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3463 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3464 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3465 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3466 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3467 is actually making forward progress.
3468
3469 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3470 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3471
3472 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3473 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3474 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3475 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3476 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3477 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3478 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3479 it might be excluded by the use of the @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or
3480 some other reason.
3481
3482 @opindex block-number
3483 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3484 @anchor{block-number}
3485 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3486 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3487 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3488 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3489 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3490 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3491 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3492 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3493 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3494 archive from a pipe.
3495
3496 @cindex Error message, block number of
3497 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3498 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3499 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3500 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3501 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3502 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3503
3504 @node interactive
3505 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3506 @cindex Interactive operation
3507
3508 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3509 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3510 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3511 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3512 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3513 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
3514 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3515
3516 @opindex interactive
3517 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
3518 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3519 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3520 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3521 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3522 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3523 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3524 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3525 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3526
3527 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3528 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3529 communications.
3530
3531 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3532 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3533 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3534 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3535 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3536 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3537 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3538 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3539 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3540 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3541 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3542
3543 @node operations
3544 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3545
3546 @menu
3547 * Basic tar::
3548 * Advanced tar::
3549 * create options::
3550 * extract options::
3551 * backup::
3552 * Applications::
3553 * looking ahead::
3554 @end menu
3555
3556 @node Basic tar
3557 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3558
3559 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
3560 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
3561 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3562 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3563 for these operations.
3564
3565 @table @option
3566 @opindex create, complementary notes
3567 @item --create
3568 @itemx -c
3569
3570 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3571 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
3572 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
3573 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
3574 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
3575 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
3576 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
3577 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
3578 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
3579
3580 @enumerate
3581 @item
3582 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3583 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3584 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3585 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3586 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3587 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3588
3589 @item
3590 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3591 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3592 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3593 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3594 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3595 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3596 @end enumerate
3597
3598 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3599 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3600 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
3601 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
3602 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
3603 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
3604 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
3605 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
3606 the following commands:
3607
3608 @smallexample
3609 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3610 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3611 @end smallexample
3612
3613 @opindex extract, complementary notes
3614 @item --extract
3615 @itemx --get
3616 @itemx -x
3617
3618 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3619
3620 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
3621
3622 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3623 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
3624 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
3625 be made available again with full date localization support, once
3626 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
3627 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3628
3629 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3630 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3631
3632 @end table
3633
3634 @node Advanced tar
3635 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3636
3637 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3638 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3639
3640 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3641 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3642 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3643 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3644 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3645 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3646 error correction in special circumstances.
3647
3648 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3649 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3650
3651 @menu
3652 * Operations::
3653 * append::
3654 * update::
3655 * concatenate::
3656 * delete::
3657 * compare::
3658 @end menu
3659
3660 @node Operations
3661 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3662 @UNREVISED
3663
3664 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3665 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3666 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3667 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3668
3669 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3670 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3671 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3672 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3673 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3674 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3675 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3676 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3677
3678 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3679 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3680 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3681 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3682
3683 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3684 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3685 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3686 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3687 where the last chapter left them.)
3688
3689 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3690
3691 @table @option
3692 @item --append
3693 @itemx -r
3694 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3695 @item --update
3696 @itemx -r
3697 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3698 they exist.
3699 @item --concatenate
3700 @itemx --catenate
3701 @itemx -A
3702 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3703 @item --delete
3704 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3705 @item --compare
3706 @itemx --diff
3707 @itemx -d
3708 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3709 @end table
3710
3711 @node append
3712 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3713 @UNREVISED
3714
3715 @opindex append
3716 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3717 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
3718 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
3719 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
3720 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3721 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3722
3723 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3724 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3725 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3726 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3727 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3728 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3729 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
3730 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3731
3732 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3733 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
3734 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3735 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3736 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3737 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3738 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3739 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3740 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3741 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3742 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3743 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3744 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3745 extracted before it, and so on.
3746
3747 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3748 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3749 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3750 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3751 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3752 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3753 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3754 the command
3755
3756 @smallexample
3757 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3758 @end smallexample
3759
3760 @noindent
3761 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
3762 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
3763 option.
3764
3765 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3766 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3767
3768 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3769 with the Same Name.}
3770
3771 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3772 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3773 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
3774 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3775 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3776 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3777 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3778 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3779 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3780 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3781
3782 @menu
3783 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3784 * multiple::
3785 @end menu
3786
3787 @node appending files
3788 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3789 @UNREVISED
3790 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3791 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3792 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3793
3794 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3795 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified files into the
3796 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3797 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3798 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3799 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3800 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3801 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3802 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
3803 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
3804
3805 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3806 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3807 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3808 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3809
3810 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3811 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3812 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3813 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3814 @file{collection.tar}:
3815
3816 @smallexample
3817 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3818 @end smallexample
3819
3820 @noindent
3821 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
3822 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3823
3824 @smallexample
3825 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3826 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3827 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3828 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3829 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3830 @end smallexample
3831
3832 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3833 title claims it will become...}
3834
3835 @node multiple
3836 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3837
3838 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files which have been
3839 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3840 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3841 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3842 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3843 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3844 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3845 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3846 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3847 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3848 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3849 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3850 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3851 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3852 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3853 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3854 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3855 versions of the file.
3856
3857 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3858 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3859 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3860 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3861 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3862 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3863 newer version when it is extracted.
3864
3865 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3866 archive in this way:
3867
3868 @smallexample
3869 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3870 blues
3871 @end smallexample
3872
3873 @noindent
3874 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3875 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3876 list the contents of the archive:
3877
3878 @smallexample
3879 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3880 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3881 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3882 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3883 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3884 -rw-r--r-- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3885 @end smallexample
3886
3887 @noindent
3888 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3889 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3890 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3891 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3892 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3893
3894 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3895 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
3896 the following example:
3897
3898 @smallexample
3899 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3900 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3901 @end smallexample
3902
3903 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
3904 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3905 @option{--occurrence} option.
3906
3907 @node update
3908 @subsection Updating an Archive
3909 @UNREVISED
3910 @cindex Updating an archive
3911
3912 @opindex update
3913 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
3914 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3915 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
3916 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
3917 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
3918 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
3919 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
3920 @option{--append}).
3921
3922 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3923 The operation will fail.
3924
3925 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3926 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3927
3928 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3929 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3930 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3931 the @option{--backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3932 Same Name}
3933
3934 @menu
3935 * how to update::
3936 @end menu
3937
3938 @node how to update
3939 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3940
3941 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation.
3942 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3943 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3944 you).
3945
3946 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3947 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3948
3949 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3950 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3951 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3952 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option specified,
3953 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3954 arguments:
3955
3956 @smallexample
3957 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3958 blues
3959 classical
3960 $
3961 @end smallexample
3962
3963 @noindent
3964 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3965 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3966 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3967 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3968 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3969 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3970 updating it.
3971
3972 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3973 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3974 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3975 information about tapes.
3976
3977 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
3978 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3979 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3980 options intended specifically for backups are more
3981 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3982
3983 @node concatenate
3984 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3985
3986 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3987 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3988 @opindex concatenate
3989 @opindex catenate
3990 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
3991 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3992 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3993 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3994 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
3995
3996 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
3997 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
3998 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
3999 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4000 @FIXME-ref{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4001 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4002 Members with the Same Name.}
4003 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4004 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4005 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4006 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4007
4008 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4009
4010 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4011 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4012 files from @file{practice}:
4013
4014 @smallexample
4015 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4016 blues
4017 classical
4018 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4019 folk
4020 jazz
4021 @end smallexample
4022
4023 @noindent
4024 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4025 contain what they are supposed to:
4026
4027 @smallexample
4028 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4029 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4030 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4031 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
4032 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4033 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4034 @end smallexample
4035
4036 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4037
4038 @smallexample
4039 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4040 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4041 @end smallexample
4042
4043 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
4044 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4045
4046 @smallexample
4047 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4048 blues
4049 rock
4050 jazz
4051 folk
4052 @end smallexample
4053
4054 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4055 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4056 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4057 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4058 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4059
4060 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4061 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4062
4063 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4064 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4065 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4066 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4067 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4068
4069 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4070 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4071 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4072 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4073 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4074 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4075 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4076 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4077 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4078 @command{cat} shell utility.
4079
4080 @node delete
4081 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4082 @UNREVISED
4083 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4084 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4085
4086 @opindex delete
4087 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4088 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4089 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4090 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4091 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4092 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4093 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4094 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4095 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4096
4097 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4098
4099 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4100 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4101 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4102 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4103 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4104 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4105 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4106 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4107 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4108 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4109
4110 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4111 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4112 are in that directory, and then,
4113
4114 @smallexample
4115 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4116 blues
4117 folk
4118 jazz
4119 rock
4120 practice/blues
4121 practice/folk
4122 practice/jazz
4123 practice/rock
4124 practice/blues
4125 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4126 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4127 folk
4128 jazz
4129 rock
4130 $
4131 @end smallexample
4132
4133 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
4134 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
4135 follow it and see what it actually does!}
4136
4137 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4138 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4139
4140 @node compare
4141 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4142 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4143 @UNREVISED
4144
4145 @opindex compare
4146 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4147 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4148 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4149 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4150 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4151 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4152 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4153
4154 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4155 archive with a non-default record size.
4156
4157 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4158 corresponding members in the archive.
4159
4160 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4161 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4162 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4163 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4164
4165 @smallexample
4166 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4167 rock
4168 blues
4169 tar: funk not found in archive
4170 @end smallexample
4171
4172 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}) option is to check whether the
4173 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
4174 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4175
4176 @node create options
4177 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4178
4179 @opindex create, additional options
4180 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4181 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4182 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4183 @option{--create}.
4184
4185 @menu
4186 * Ignore Failed Read::
4187 @end menu
4188
4189 @node Ignore Failed Read
4190 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4191
4192 @table @option
4193 @item --ignore-failed-read
4194 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4195 @end table
4196
4197 @node extract options
4198 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4199 @UNREVISED
4200
4201 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
4202 there's a better way of organizing them.}
4203
4204 @opindex extract, additional options
4205 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4206 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4207 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4208 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4209 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4210 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4211 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4212 @option{--extract} operation.
4213
4214 @menu
4215 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4216 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4217 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4218 @end menu
4219
4220 @node Reading
4221 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4222 @cindex Options when reading archives
4223 @UNREVISED
4224
4225 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4226 @cindex Records, incomplete
4227 @opindex read-full-records
4228 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4229 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4230 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4231 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4232 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4233 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4234 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4235 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4236 @xref{Blocking}.
4237
4238 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4239 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4240 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4241 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4242 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4243 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4244
4245 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4246 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4247 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4248 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4249 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4250 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4251
4252 @menu
4253 * read full records::
4254 * Ignore Zeros::
4255 @end menu
4256
4257 @node read full records
4258 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4259
4260 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4261
4262 @table @option
4263 @opindex read-full-records
4264 @item --read-full-records
4265 @item -B
4266 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4267 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4268 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
4269 @end table
4270
4271 @node Ignore Zeros
4272 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4273
4274 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
4275 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
4276 @opindex ignore-zeros
4277 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4278 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4279 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
4280 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
4281 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
4282 several archives together).
4283
4284 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
4285 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4286 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4287 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4288 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4289
4290 @table @option
4291 @item --ignore-zeros
4292 @itemx -i
4293 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4294 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4295 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
4296 @end table
4297
4298 @node Writing
4299 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4300 @UNREVISED
4301
4302 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
4303
4304 @menu
4305 * Dealing with Old Files::
4306 * Overwrite Old Files::
4307 * Keep Old Files::
4308 * Keep Newer Files::
4309 * Unlink First::
4310 * Recursive Unlink::
4311 * Data Modification Times::
4312 * Setting Access Permissions::
4313 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
4314 * Writing to Standard Output::
4315 * Writing to an External Program::
4316 * remove files::
4317 @end menu
4318
4319 @node Dealing with Old Files
4320 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4321
4322 @opindex overwrite-dir, introduced
4323 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4324 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4325 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4326 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4327 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4328 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4329 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4330 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4331 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4332
4333 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4334 @opindex keep-old-files, introduced
4335 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4336 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4337 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4338 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4339 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4340
4341 @opindex overwrite, introduced
4342 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4343 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4344 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4345
4346 @cindex Protecting old files
4347 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4348 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4349 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4350 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4351 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4352 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4353 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4354 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4355 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4356 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4357 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4358 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4359 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4360 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4361 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
4362 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4363 removed.
4364
4365 @opindex unlink-first, introduced
4366 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
4367 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4368 before extracting them.
4369
4370 @node Overwrite Old Files
4371 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4372
4373 @table @option
4374 @opindex overwrite
4375 @item --overwrite
4376 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4377 from an archive.
4378
4379 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4380 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4381 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4382 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4383 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4384 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4385 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4386 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4387 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4388 they are in the way of extraction.
4389
4390 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
4391 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
4392 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4393 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4394 are currently being executed.
4395
4396 @opindex overwrite-dir
4397 @item --overwrite-dir
4398 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4399 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4400 @end table
4401
4402 @node Keep Old Files
4403 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4404
4405 @table @option
4406 @opindex keep-old-files
4407 @item --keep-old-files
4408 @itemx -k
4409 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4410 @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
4411 from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
4412 archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
4413 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4414 files in the file system during extraction.
4415 @end table
4416
4417 @node Keep Newer Files
4418 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4419
4420 @table @option
4421 @opindex keep-newer-files
4422 @item --keep-newer-files
4423 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4424 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4425 @end table
4426
4427 @node Unlink First
4428 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4429
4430 @table @option
4431 @opindex unlink-first
4432 @item --unlink-first
4433 @itemx -U
4434 Remove files before extracting over them.
4435 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4436 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4437 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4438 @end table
4439
4440 @node Recursive Unlink
4441 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4442
4443 @table @option
4444 @opindex recursive-unlink
4445 @item --recursive-unlink
4446 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4447 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4448 @end table
4449
4450 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
4451 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4452 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4453 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4454
4455 @node Data Modification Times
4456 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4457
4458 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4459 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4460 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4461 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4462 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4463 setting.
4464
4465 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4466 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
4467 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4468
4469 @table @option
4470 @opindex touch
4471 @item --touch
4472 @itemx -m
4473 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4474 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4475 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4476 @end table
4477
4478 @node Setting Access Permissions
4479 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4480
4481 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4482 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4483 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4484 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4485 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4486 @option{-x}) operation. @FIXME{Should be aliased to ignore-umask.}
4487
4488 @table @option
4489 @opindex preserve-permission
4490 @opindex same-permission
4491 @item --preserve-permission
4492 @itemx --same-permission
4493 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
4494 @itemx -p
4495 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4496 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4497 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4498 @end table
4499
4500 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4501 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4502
4503 After sucessfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
4504 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
4505 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
4506 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
4507 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
4508 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
4509 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
4510 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
4511 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
4512 restores directories using the following approach.
4513
4514 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
4515 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
4516 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
4517 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
4518 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
4519 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
4520 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
4521 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
4522 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
4523 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
4524 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
4525 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
4526 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
4527 subdirectories in that directory.
4528
4529 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
4530 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
4531 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
4532 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
4533 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
4534 remebers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
4535 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
4536 not need to specity any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
4537 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
4538
4539 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
4540 too. Consider the following example:
4541
4542 @smallexample
4543 @group
4544 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
4545 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
4546 foo/
4547 foo/file1
4548 bar/
4549 bar/file
4550 foo/file2
4551 @end group
4552 @end smallexample
4553
4554 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
4555 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
4556 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
4557 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
4558 directory timestamp will be offset again.
4559
4560 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
4561 @option{delay-directory-restore} command line option:
4562
4563 @table @option
4564 @opindex delay-directory-restore
4565 @item --delay-directory-restore
4566 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
4567 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
4568 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
4569 ordering.
4570
4571 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
4572 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
4573 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
4574 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
4575 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
4576 temporarily disable it.
4577 @end table
4578
4579 @node Writing to Standard Output
4580 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4581
4582 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4583 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4584 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4585 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
4586 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
4587 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4588 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4589 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4590 found in the archive.
4591
4592 @table @option
4593 @opindex to-stdout
4594 @item --to-stdout
4595 @itemx -O
4596 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
4597 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
4598 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4599 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4600 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4601 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
4602 (@option{-t}).
4603 @end table
4604
4605 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4606 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4607 it. You can use a command like this:
4608
4609 @smallexample
4610 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4611 @end smallexample
4612
4613 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4614
4615 @smallexample
4616 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4617 @end smallexample
4618
4619 Hovewer, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4620 multiple files. See the next section.
4621
4622 @node Writing to an External Program
4623 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4624
4625 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4626 file to the standard input of an external program:
4627
4628 @table @option
4629 @opindex to-program
4630 @item --to-program=@var{command}
4631 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4632 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4633 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4634 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4635 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4636 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4637 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4638 option is used.
4639 @end table
4640
4641 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4642 from the following environment variables:
4643
4644 @table @var
4645 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4646 @item TAR_FILETYPE
4647 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4648
4649 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4650 @item f @tab Regular file
4651 @item d @tab Directory
4652 @item l @tab Symbolic link
4653 @item h @tab Hard link
4654 @item b @tab Block device
4655 @item c @tab Character device
4656 @end multitable
4657
4658 Currently only regular files are supported.
4659
4660 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4661 @item TAR_MODE
4662 File mode, an octal number.
4663
4664 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4665 @item TAR_FILENAME
4666 The name of the file.
4667
4668 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4669 @item TAR_REALNAME
4670 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4671
4672 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4673 @item TAR_UNAME
4674 Name of the file owner.
4675
4676 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4677 @item TAR_GNAME
4678 Name of the file owner group.
4679
4680 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4681 @item TAR_ATIME
4682 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4683 since the epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4684 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4685 decimal point.
4686
4687 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4688 @item TAR_MTIME
4689 Time of last modification.
4690
4691 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4692 @item TAR_CTIME
4693 Time of last status change.
4694
4695 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4696 @item TAR_SIZE
4697 Size of the file.
4698
4699 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4700 @item TAR_UID
4701 UID of the file owner.
4702
4703 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4704 @item TAR_GID
4705 GID of the file owner.
4706 @end table
4707
4708 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4709 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4710
4711 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4712 an error message similar to the following:
4713
4714 @smallexample
4715 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4716 @end smallexample
4717
4718 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4719
4720 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4721
4722 @table @option
4723 @opindex ignore-command-error
4724 @item --ignore-command-error
4725 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
4726 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4727 will be printed even if this option is used.
4728
4729 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
4730 @item --no-ignore-command-error
4731 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4732 option. This option is useful if you have set
4733 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4734 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4735 @end table
4736
4737 @node remove files
4738 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4739
4740 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4741 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4742 else in the book...}
4743
4744 @table @option
4745 @opindex remove-files
4746 @item --remove-files
4747 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4748 @end table
4749
4750 @node Scarce
4751 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4752 @UNREVISED
4753
4754 @cindex Small memory
4755 @cindex Running out of space
4756
4757 @menu
4758 * Starting File::
4759 * Same Order::
4760 @end menu
4761
4762 @node Starting File
4763 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4764
4765 @table @option
4766 @opindex starting-file
4767 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4768 @itemx -K @var{name}
4769 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4770 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4771 @end table
4772
4773 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4774 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4775 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
4776 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
4777 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
4778 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
4779 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
4780 the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
4781 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
4782 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
4783
4784 @node Same Order
4785 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4786
4787 @table @option
4788 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4789 @opindex same-order
4790 @opindex preserve-order
4791 @item --same-order
4792 @itemx --preserve-order
4793 @itemx -s
4794 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4795 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4796 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
4797 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4798 @end table
4799
4800 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4801 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4802 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4803 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4804 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4805 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4806
4807 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4808
4809 @node backup
4810 @section Backup options
4811
4812 @cindex backup options
4813
4814 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4815 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4816 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4817 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4818 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4819 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4820
4821 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4822 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4823 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4824 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4825 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4826 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4827 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4828 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4829 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4830 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4831
4832 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4833 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4834 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4835 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4836 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4837 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4838 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4839 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4840 refers to a remote file.
4841
4842 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4843 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4844 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4845 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4846 file are kept.
4847
4848 @table @samp
4849 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4850 @opindex backup
4851 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4852 @cindex backups
4853 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4854 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4855
4856 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4857 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4858 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4859 use the @samp{existing} method.
4860
4861 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4862 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4863 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4864 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4865
4866 @table @samp
4867 @item t
4868 @itemx numbered
4869 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
4870 Always make numbered backups.
4871
4872 @item nil
4873 @itemx existing
4874 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
4875 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4876 of the others.
4877
4878 @item never
4879 @itemx simple
4880 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
4881 Always make simple backups.
4882
4883 @end table
4884
4885 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4886 @opindex suffix
4887 @cindex backup suffix
4888 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4889 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4890 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4891 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4892 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4893
4894 @end table
4895
4896 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @option{--backup}
4897 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4898 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4899 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4900 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4901 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4902
4903 @smallexample
4904 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4905 @end smallexample
4906
4907 @node Applications
4908 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4909 @UNREVISED
4910
4911 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4912 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4913 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4914
4915 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4916
4917 @findex uuencode
4918 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4919 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4920 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4921 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4922 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4923 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4924 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4925 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4926
4927 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4928 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4929 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4930 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4931
4932 @smallexample
4933 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4934 @end smallexample
4935
4936 @noindent
4937 The command also works using short option forms:
4938
4939 @smallexample
4940 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4941 @end smallexample
4942
4943 @noindent
4944 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4945
4946 @node looking ahead
4947 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4948
4949 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4950 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4951 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4952 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4953 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4954 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4955 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4956 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4957 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4958 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4959
4960 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4961 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4962 @xref{files}.
4963
4964 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4965 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4966
4967 @node Backups
4968 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4969 @UNREVISED
4970
4971 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4972 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4973 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4974 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4975 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4976 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4977 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4978
4979 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4980 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4981 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4982 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4983
4984 @smallexample
4985 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4986 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4987 @end smallexample
4988
4989 @FIXME{
4990
4991 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4992 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4993 distribution.
4994
4995 @itemize @bullet
4996 @item dumps
4997 @itemize @minus
4998 @item what are dumps
4999 @item different levels of dumps
5000 @itemize +
5001 @item full dump = dump everything
5002 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5003 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5004 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5005 @end itemize
5006 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5007 @itemize +
5008 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5009 @end itemize
5010 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5011 @itemize +
5012 @item how to customize
5013 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5014 @end itemize
5015 @item Problems
5016 @itemize +
5017 @item rsh doesn't work
5018 @item rtape isn't installed
5019 @item (others?)
5020 @end itemize
5021 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5022 @item tapes
5023 @itemize +
5024 @item write protection
5025 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5026 @item files and tape marks
5027 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5028 @item positioning the tape
5029 MT writes two at end of write,
5030 backspaces over one when writing again.
5031 @end itemize
5032 @end itemize
5033 @end itemize
5034 }
5035
5036 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5037 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5038
5039 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5040 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5041 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5042 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5043 called @dfn{dumps}.
5044
5045 @menu
5046 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5047 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5048 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5049 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5050 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5051 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5052 @end menu
5053
5054 @node Full Dumps
5055 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5056 @UNREVISED
5057
5058 @cindex full dumps
5059 @cindex dumps, full
5060
5061 @cindex corrupted archives
5062 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5063 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
5064 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5065 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5066 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5067 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5068
5069 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5070 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5071 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5072 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5073
5074 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5075 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5076 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5077
5078 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5079 the @option{--one-file-system} (@option{-l}) option to prevent
5080 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5081 (sub)directories.
5082
5083 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5084 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5085 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5086 done onto a completely
5087 empty disk.
5088
5089 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5090 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5091 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5092 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5093 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5094 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5095
5096 @node Incremental Dumps
5097 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5098
5099 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5100 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5101 can be restored when extracting the archive.
5102
5103 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5104 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5105 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5106
5107 @opindex listed-incremental
5108 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5109 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5110 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
5111 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5112 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5113 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5114 to the option:
5115
5116 @table @option
5117 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5118 @itemx -g @var{file}
5119 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5120 @end table
5121
5122 To create an incremental backup, you would use
5123 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5124 (@pxref{create}). For example:
5125
5126 @smallexample
5127 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5128 --file=archive.1.tar \
5129 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5130 /usr}
5131 @end smallexample
5132
5133 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5134 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5135 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
5136 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5137 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5138
5139 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5140 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
5141 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
5142 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5143 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5144
5145 @smallexample
5146 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5147 /usr/local/db/data
5148 /usr/local/db/index
5149 @end smallexample
5150
5151 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
5152 then see:
5153
5154 @smallexample
5155 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5156 --file=archive.2.tar \
5157 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5158 /usr}
5159 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5160 usr/local/db/
5161 usr/local/db/data
5162 usr/local/db/index
5163 @end smallexample
5164
5165 @noindent
5166 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5167 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
5168 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5169 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5170 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5171 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
5172
5173 @smallexample
5174 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5175 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5176 --file=archive.2.tar \
5177 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5178 /usr}
5179 @end smallexample
5180
5181 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5182 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5183 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5184 backwards.
5185
5186 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5187 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
5188 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
5189 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5190 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5191 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
5192 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
5193 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5194 to be a better way to go.
5195
5196 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5197 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5198
5199 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}
5200 @opindex extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5201 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5202 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5203 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
5204 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5205 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
5206 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5207 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5208 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5209 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5210 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5211 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5212 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5213
5214 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
5215 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
5216 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
5217 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
5218 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
5219 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
5220 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
5221 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
5222 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
5223 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
5224 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
5225
5226 @smallexample
5227 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5228 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5229 --file archive.1.tar}
5230 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5231 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5232 --file archive.2.tar}
5233 @end smallexample
5234
5235 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5236 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
5237 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5238 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5239 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5240 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5241 scripts.
5242
5243 @opindex incremental, using with @option{--list}
5244 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}
5245 @opindex list, using with @option{--incremental}
5246 @opindex list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5247 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
5248 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
5249 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
5250 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
5251 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
5252 and were changed in version 1.16}:
5253
5254 @smallexample
5255 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5256 @end smallexample
5257
5258 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5259 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5260 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5261 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5262
5263 @smallexample
5264 @var{x} @var{file}
5265 @end smallexample
5266
5267 @noindent
5268 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5269 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5270 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5271 is included in the archive).@FIXME-xref{dumpdir format}. Each such
5272 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
5273 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5274
5275 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5276 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5277 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
5278 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5279 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
5280 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5281
5282 @node Backup Levels
5283 @section Levels of Backups
5284
5285 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5286 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5287 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5288 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5289 are daily re-archived.
5290
5291 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5292 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5293 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5294 dump.
5295
5296 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5297 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5298 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5299 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5300 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5301 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5302 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5303 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5304
5305 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5306 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5307 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5308 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5309 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5310
5311 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5312 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5313 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5314 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5315 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5316 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5317
5318 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5319 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5320 their use in detail.
5321
5322 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5323 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5324 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5325 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5326 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
5327 making such an attempt.
5328
5329 @node Backup Parameters
5330 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5331
5332 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5333 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5334 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5335 before using these scripts.
5336
5337 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5338 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5339 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5340 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5341 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5342 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5343 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5344 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5345
5346 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5347 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5348
5349 @menu
5350 * General-Purpose Variables::
5351 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5352 * User Hooks::
5353 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5354 @end menu
5355
5356 @node General-Purpose Variables
5357 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5358
5359 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5360 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5361 sends a backup report to this address.
5362 @end defvr
5363
5364 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5365 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5366 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5367 or the string @samp{now}.
5368
5369 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5370 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5371 @end defvr
5372
5373 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5374
5375 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5376 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5377 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5378 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5379 invocations of @command{mt}.
5380 @end defvr
5381
5382 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5383
5384 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5385 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5386 @end defvr
5387
5388 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5389
5390 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5391 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5392 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5393 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5394 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5395
5396 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5397 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5398 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5399 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5400 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5401 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5402 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5403 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5404 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5405
5406 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5407 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5408 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5409 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5410 @end defvr
5411
5412 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5413
5414 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5415 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5416 @end defvr
5417
5418 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5419
5420 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5421 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5422 which the backup script is run.
5423
5424 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5425 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5426 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5427 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5428 @end defvr
5429
5430 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5431
5432 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5433 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5434 @end defvr
5435
5436 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5437
5438 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5439 @end defvr
5440
5441 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5442 @anchor{RSH}
5443 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5444 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5445 to use public key authentication.
5446 @end defvr
5447
5448 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5449
5450 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5451 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5452 of @GNUTAR{}.
5453 @end defvr
5454
5455 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5456
5457 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5458 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5459 @end defvr
5460
5461 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5462
5463 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5464 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5465 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5466 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5467 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5468 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5469
5470 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5471 @end defvr
5472
5473 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5474
5475 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5476
5477 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5478 @end defvr
5479
5480 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5481
5482 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5483 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5484 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5485 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5486 the console.
5487 @end defvr
5488
5489 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5490
5491 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5492 this will just be some literal text.
5493 @end defvr
5494
5495 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5496
5497 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5498 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5499 @end defvr
5500
5501 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5502 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5503
5504 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5505 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5506 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5507
5508 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5509 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5510 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5511
5512 @smallexample
5513 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5514
5515 mt_begin() @{
5516 mt -f "$1" retension
5517 @}
5518 @end smallexample
5519 @end defvr
5520
5521 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5522 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5523 follows:
5524
5525 @smallexample
5526 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5527
5528 mt_rewind() @{
5529 mt -f "$1" rewind
5530 @}
5531 @end smallexample
5532
5533 @end defvr
5534
5535 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5536 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5537 it is defined as follows:
5538
5539 @smallexample
5540 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5541
5542 mt_offline() @{
5543 mt -f "$1" offl
5544 @}
5545 @end smallexample
5546 @end defvr
5547
5548 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5549 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5550 including error count. Default definition:
5551
5552 @smallexample
5553 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5554
5555 mt_status() @{
5556 mt -f "$1" status
5557 @}
5558 @end smallexample
5559 @end defvr
5560
5561 @node User Hooks
5562 @subsection User Hooks
5563
5564 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5565 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5566 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5567 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5568 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5569 taking four arguments:
5570
5571 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5572 Its arguments are:
5573
5574 @table @var
5575 @item level
5576 Current backup or restore level.
5577
5578 @item host
5579 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5580
5581 @item fs
5582 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5583
5584 @item fsname
5585 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5586 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5587 @end table
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5591
5592 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5593 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5594 @end defvr
5595
5596 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5597 Executed after dumping the file system.
5598 @end defvr
5599
5600 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5601 Executed before restoring the file system.
5602 @end defvr
5603
5604 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5605 Executed after restoring the file system.
5606 @end defvr
5607
5608 @node backup-specs example
5609 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5610
5611 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5612
5613 @smallexample
5614 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5615
5616 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5617 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5618 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5619
5620 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5621 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5622 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5623
5624 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5625 my_status() @{
5626 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5627 @}
5628 MT_STATUS=my_status
5629
5630 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5631 MT_OFFLINE=:
5632
5633 BLOCKING=124
5634 BACKUP_DIRS="
5635 albert:/fs/fsf
5636 apple-gunkies:/gd
5637 albert:/fs/gd2
5638 albert:/fs/gp
5639 geech:/usr/jla
5640 churchy:/usr/roland
5641 albert:/
5642 albert:/usr
5643 apple-gunkies:/
5644 apple-gunkies:/usr
5645 gnu:/hack
5646 gnu:/u
5647 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5648 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5649
5650 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5651
5652 @end smallexample
5653
5654 @node Scripted Backups
5655 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5656
5657 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5658
5659 @smallexample
5660 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5661 @end smallexample
5662
5663 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5664 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5665 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5666 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5667 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5668 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5669 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5670 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5671 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5672 create a level one dump.}
5673
5674 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5675 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5676
5677 @table @asis
5678 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5679
5680 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5681
5682 @item @var{hh}
5683
5684 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5685
5686 @item now
5687
5688 The dump must be run immediately.
5689 @end table
5690
5691 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5692 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5693 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5694 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5695 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5696 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5697 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5698 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5699 Restoration}).
5700
5701 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5702 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5703 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5704 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5705 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
5706 file.
5707
5708 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5709 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5710 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5711 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5712 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5713 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5714 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5715
5716 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5717 standard output.
5718
5719 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5720 script:
5721
5722 @table @option
5723 @item -l @var{level}
5724 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5725 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5726
5727 @item -f
5728 @itemx --force
5729 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5730
5731 @item -v[@var{level}]
5732 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5733 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5734 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5735 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5736
5737 @item -t @var{start-time}
5738 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5739 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5740
5741 @item -h
5742 @itemx --help
5743 Display short help message and exit.
5744
5745 @item -L
5746 @itemx --license
5747 Display program license and exit.
5748
5749 @item -V
5750 @itemx --version
5751 Display program version and exit.
5752 @end table
5753
5754
5755 @node Scripted Restoration
5756 @section Using the Restore Script
5757
5758 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5759 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5760 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5761 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5762 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5763
5764 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5765 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5766 line. For example, running
5767
5768 @smallexample
5769 restore 'albert:*'
5770 @end smallexample
5771
5772 @noindent
5773 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5774 complicated example:
5775
5776 @smallexample
5777 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5778 @end smallexample
5779
5780 @noindent
5781 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5782 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5783
5784 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5785 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5786 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5787 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5788 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5789 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5790
5791 @smallexample
5792 restore --level=1
5793 @end smallexample
5794
5795 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5796
5797 @table @option
5798 @item -a
5799 @itemx --all
5800 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5801
5802 @item -l @var{level}
5803 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5804 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5805
5806 @item -v[@var{level}]
5807 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5808 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5809 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5810 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5811
5812 @item -h
5813 @itemx --help
5814 Display short help message and exit.
5815
5816 @item -L
5817 @itemx --license
5818 Display program license and exit.
5819
5820 @item -V
5821 @itemx --version
5822 Display program version and exit.
5823 @end table
5824
5825 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5826 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5827 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5828 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5829 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5830 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5831 positioning.}
5832
5833 @quotation
5834 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5835 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5836 @end quotation
5837
5838 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5839 that determination.
5840
5841 @node Choosing
5842 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5843 @UNREVISED
5844
5845 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5846
5847 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5848 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5849 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5850 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5851 are in specified directories.
5852
5853 @menu
5854 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5855 * Selecting Archive Members::
5856 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5857 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5858 * Wildcards::
5859 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5860 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5861 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5862 @end menu
5863
5864 @node file
5865 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5866 @UNREVISED
5867
5868 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5869 archive"?}
5870
5871 @cindex Naming an archive
5872 @cindex Archive Name
5873 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5874 @cindex Where is the archive?
5875 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5876 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5877 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5878 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5879 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5880 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
5881 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5882 instead of the default archive file location.
5883
5884 @table @option
5885 @opindex file, short description
5886 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5887 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5888 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5889 any operation.
5890 @end table
5891
5892 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5893
5894 @smallexample
5895 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5896 @end smallexample
5897
5898 @noindent
5899 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5900 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5901 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5902 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5903 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5904 for the archive name.
5905
5906 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5907 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5908 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5909
5910 @cindex Writing new archives
5911 @cindex Archive creation
5912 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5913 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5914 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5915 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5916 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5917
5918 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5919 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5920 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5921 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5922 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5923 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5924
5925 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5926 "notable tar usages".}
5927
5928 @smallexample
5929 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5930 @end smallexample
5931
5932 @FIXME{help!}
5933
5934 @cindex Standard input and output
5935 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5936 @anchor{remote-dev}
5937 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5938 use the following:
5939
5940 @smallexample
5941 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5942 @end smallexample
5943
5944 @noindent
5945 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5946 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5947 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5948 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5949 as the username on the remote machine.
5950
5951 @cindex Local and remote archives
5952 @anchor{local and remote archives}
5953 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5954 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5955 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5956 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5957 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5958 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5959 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5960 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5961 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5962 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5963 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5964 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5965 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5966 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
5967
5968 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5969 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5970 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5971 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5972 shouldn't mention it..}
5973
5974 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5975 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5976 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5977 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5978
5979 @node Selecting Archive Members
5980 @section Selecting Archive Members
5981 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5982 @cindex Specifying archive members
5983
5984 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5985 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5986 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5987 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5988
5989 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5990 the command line, as follows:
5991 @smallexample
5992 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5993 @end smallexample
5994
5995 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5996 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5997 option.
5998
5999 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
6000 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
6001
6002 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
6003 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
6004 the working directory. If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
6005 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
6006 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
6007 @command{tar} does nothing.
6008
6009 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6010 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6011 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6012 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
6013 specifying the names of files and archive members.
6014
6015 @node files
6016 @section Reading Names from a File
6017
6018 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6019 @cindex Lists of file names
6020 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6021 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6022 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6023 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
6024 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6025 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6026 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6027 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6028
6029 @table @option
6030 @opindex files-from
6031 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
6032 @itemx -T @var{file name}
6033 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
6034 @end table
6035
6036 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6037 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
6038 names are read from standard input.
6039
6040 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6041 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6042 command.
6043
6044 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6045
6046 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
6047
6048 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6049 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6050 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6051 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6052 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
6053 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6054 more information.)
6055
6056 @smallexample
6057 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6058 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6059 @end smallexample
6060
6061 @noindent
6062 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6063 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6064 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6065 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6066 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6067 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6068 specifying @option{-C} option:
6069
6070 @smallexample
6071 @group
6072 $ @kbd{cat list}
6073 -C/etc
6074 passwd
6075 hosts
6076 -C/lib
6077 libc.a
6078 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6079 @end group
6080 @end smallexample
6081
6082 @noindent
6083 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6084 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6085 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6086 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6087 contain:
6088
6089 @smallexample
6090 @group
6091 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6092 passwd
6093 hosts
6094 libc.a
6095 @end group
6096 @end smallexample
6097
6098 @noindent
6099 @opindex directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument
6100 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6101 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
6102 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6103
6104 @itemize @bullet
6105 @item
6106 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6107 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6108 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6109
6110 @item
6111 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6112 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
6113 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6114
6115 @item
6116 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6117 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6118
6119 @smallexample
6120 @group
6121 --directory
6122 dir
6123 @end group
6124 @end smallexample
6125
6126 @noindent
6127 and
6128
6129 @smallexample
6130 @group
6131 -C
6132 dir
6133 @end group
6134 @end smallexample
6135 @end itemize
6136
6137 @opindex add-file
6138 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6139 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6140 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
6141
6142 @menu
6143 * nul::
6144 @end menu
6145
6146 @node nul
6147 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6148
6149 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6150 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6151 The @option{--null} option causes @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) to read file
6152 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
6153 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
6154
6155 @table @option
6156 @opindex null
6157 @item --null
6158 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6159 terminate in a newline.
6160 @end table
6161
6162 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6163 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6164 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6165 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
6166 file names that begin with dash.
6167
6168 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6169 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6170 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
6171 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
6172 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6173 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6174 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6175 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6176 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
6177
6178 @smallexample
6179 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6180 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6181 @end smallexample
6182
6183 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6184
6185 @node exclude
6186 @section Excluding Some Files
6187 @UNREVISED
6188
6189 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6190 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6191 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6192 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6193 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
6194
6195 @table @option
6196 @opindex exclude
6197 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6198 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6199 @end table
6200
6201 @findex exclude
6202 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or member whose name
6203 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
6204 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6205 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6206 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6207
6208 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
6209
6210 @table @option
6211 @opindex exclude-from
6212 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6213 @itemx -X @var{file}
6214 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6215 @var{file}.
6216 @end table
6217
6218 @findex exclude-from
6219 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
6220 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6221 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6222 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6223 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6224 added to the archive.
6225
6226 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
6227 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
6228
6229 @table @option
6230 @opindex exclude-caches
6231 @item --exclude-caches
6232 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
6233 @end table
6234
6235 @findex exclude-caches
6236 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option causes
6237 @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
6238 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
6239 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
6240 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
6241 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
6242 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
6243 more easily excluded from backups.
6244
6245 @menu
6246 * controlling pattern-matching with exclude::
6247 * problems with exclude::
6248 @end menu
6249
6250 @node controlling pattern-matching with exclude
6251 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
6252
6253 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6254 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6255 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6256 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6257
6258 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6259 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6260 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6261 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6262
6263 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6264 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6265
6266 @smallexample
6267 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6268 @end smallexample
6269
6270 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6271 @samp{readme}.
6272
6273 @table @option
6274 @opindex anchored
6275 @opindex no-anchored
6276 @item --anchored
6277 @itemx --no-anchored
6278 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6279 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6280 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
6281
6282 @opindex ignore-case
6283 @opindex no-ignore-case
6284 @item --ignore-case
6285 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6286 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6287 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6288
6289 @opindex wildcards
6290 @opindex no-wildcards
6291 @item --wildcards
6292 @itemx --no-wildcards
6293 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
6294 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
6295 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
6296 names literally.
6297
6298 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
6299 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
6300 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6301 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6302 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
6303 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
6304 matched only by @samp{/}.
6305
6306 @end table
6307
6308 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6309 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
6310 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
6311 the name's parent directories.
6312
6313 @node problems with exclude
6314 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6315
6316 @opindex exclude, potential problems with
6317 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6318 pitfalls:
6319
6320 @itemize @bullet
6321 @item
6322 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6323 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6324 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6325 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6326 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6327 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6328
6329 @item
6330 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
6331 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
6332 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6333 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
6334 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
6335 zero, one, or many files.
6336
6337 @item
6338 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
6339 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6340 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6341 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6342 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6343 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6344
6345 For example, write:
6346
6347 @smallexample
6348 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6349 @end smallexample
6350
6351 @noindent
6352 rather than:
6353
6354 @smallexample
6355 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6356 @end smallexample
6357
6358 @item
6359 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6360 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6361 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6362 might fail.
6363
6364 @item
6365 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6366 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
6367 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
6368 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
6369 file.
6370
6371 @end itemize
6372
6373 @node Wildcards
6374 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6375
6376 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6377 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6378 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
6379 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
6380 of actual files in the file system. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6381 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6382 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6383
6384 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6385
6386 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6387 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6388 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6389 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6390 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6391 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6392 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6393 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6394 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6395
6396 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6397 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6398 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6399 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6400 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6401 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6402 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6403 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6404 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6405 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6406
6407 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6408 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6409 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6410 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6411 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6412 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6413
6414 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6415 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6416 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6417 @var{e}, inclusive.
6418
6419 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6420 who don't have dan around.}
6421
6422 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6423 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6424 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6425 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6426
6427 @node after
6428 @section Operating Only on New Files
6429 @UNREVISED
6430
6431 @cindex Excluding file by age
6432 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
6433 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
6434 @cindex Age, excluding files by
6435 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
6436 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
6437 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
6438 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
6439 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
6440 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
6441 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
6442 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
6443 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
6444
6445 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
6446 modification of the file's data (rather than status
6447 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
6448
6449 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
6450 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
6451 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
6452 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
6453
6454 @table @option
6455 @opindex after-date
6456 @opindex newer
6457 @item --after-date=@var{date}
6458 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
6459 @itemx -N @var{date}
6460 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
6461
6462 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
6463 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
6464
6465 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
6466 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
6467
6468 @opindex newer-mtime
6469 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
6470 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
6471 @end table
6472
6473 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
6474 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
6475 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
6476 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
6477 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
6478 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6479
6480 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
6481 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
6482 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
6483 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
6484 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
6485 field.
6486
6487 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6488 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6489 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6490 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
6491 contents of the file were looked at).
6492
6493 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6494 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6495 arguments.
6496
6497 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6498
6499 @quotation
6500 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
6501 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6502 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6503 @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
6504 @end quotation
6505
6506 @noindent
6507 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6508
6509 @node recurse
6510 @section Descending into Directories
6511 @UNREVISED
6512 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6513 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6514 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6515 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6516
6517 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6518
6519 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6520
6521 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6522 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
6523 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6524 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6525
6526 @opindex no-recursion
6527 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6528 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6529 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6530 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6531 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6532 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6533 @command{tar}, or look.
6534
6535 @table @option
6536 @item --no-recursion
6537 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6538
6539 @opindex recursion
6540 @item --recursion
6541 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6542 This is the default.
6543 @end table
6544
6545 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6546 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6547 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6548 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6549 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6550 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6551 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6552 They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive the files
6553 located via @command{find}.
6554
6555 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6556 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6557 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
6558 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
6559 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
6560 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6561 no new files on its own.
6562
6563 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6564 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6565 the files under those directories.
6566
6567 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6568 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching with exclude}).
6569
6570 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6571 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6572 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6573
6574 @smallexample
6575 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6576 @end smallexample
6577
6578 @noindent
6579 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6580 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6581 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6582
6583 @node one
6584 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
6585 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6586 @UNREVISED
6587
6588 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6589 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6590 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6591 @option{--one-file-system} (@option{-l}). This option only affects files that are
6592 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6593 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6594 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6595
6596 @table @option
6597 @opindex one-file-system
6598 @item --one-file-system
6599 @itemx -l
6600 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6601 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6602 @end table
6603
6604 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6605 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6606 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
6607 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6608 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6609 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6610
6611 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6612 but nothing under it.
6613
6614 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6615 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6616 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6617 standard error.
6618
6619 @menu
6620 * directory:: Changing Directory
6621 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6622 @end menu
6623
6624 @node directory
6625 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6626 @UNREVISED
6627
6628 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6629 things around some.}
6630
6631 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6632 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6633 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6634 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6635 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6636 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
6637 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
6638 after that point in the list.
6639
6640 @table @option
6641 @opindex directory
6642 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6643 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6644 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6645 @end table
6646
6647 For example,
6648
6649 @smallexample
6650 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6651 @end smallexample
6652
6653 @noindent
6654 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6655 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6656 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6657 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6658 store in the same archive.
6659
6660 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6661 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6662 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6663 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6664 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6665
6666 Contrast this with the command,
6667
6668 @smallexample
6669 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6670 @end smallexample
6671
6672 @noindent
6673 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6674 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6675 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6676 named @file{orange-colored}.
6677
6678 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6679 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6680 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6681 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6682 @file{foo.tar}:
6683
6684 @smallexample
6685 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6686 @end smallexample
6687
6688 @noindent
6689 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6690 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6691 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6692 directories where those files were located.
6693
6694 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6695 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6696 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6697 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6698 @option{--directory} option.
6699
6700 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6701 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6702 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6703 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6704 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6705 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6706 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6707
6708 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6709
6710 @smallexample
6711 @group
6712 -C
6713 /etc
6714 passwd
6715 hosts
6716 -C
6717 /lib
6718 libc.a
6719 @end group
6720 @end smallexample
6721
6722 @noindent
6723 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6724
6725 @smallexample
6726 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6727 @end smallexample
6728
6729 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6730 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6731
6732 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
6733 @option{--null} option.
6734
6735 @node absolute
6736 @subsection Absolute File Names
6737 @UNREVISED
6738
6739 @table @option
6740 @opindex absolute-names
6741 @item --absolute-names
6742 @itemx -P
6743 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6744 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6745 @end table
6746
6747 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6748 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6749 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6750
6751 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6752 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6753 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6754 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6755 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6756 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6757 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6758 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6759
6760 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6761 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6762 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6763
6764 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6765 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6766 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6767 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6768 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6769 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6770 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6771 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
6772 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
6773 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
6774 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
6775 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
6776 for the information on how to handle this case.}
6777
6778 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
6779 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
6780
6781 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6782 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
6783
6784 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6785 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6786 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6787
6788 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
6789 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
6790 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
6791 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
6792 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
6793 may be more convenient than switching to root.
6794
6795 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6796 to transfer files between systems.}
6797
6798 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6799
6800 @table @option
6801 @item --absolute-names
6802 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6803 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6804
6805 @end table
6806
6807 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6808
6809 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6810 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6811 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6812 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6813
6814 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6815 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6816 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6817
6818 @smallexample
6819 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6820 @end smallexample
6821
6822 @noindent
6823 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6824 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6825 For example:
6826
6827 @smallexample
6828 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6829 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6830 @end smallexample
6831
6832 @include getdate.texi
6833
6834 @node Formats
6835 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6836
6837 @cindex Tar archive formats
6838 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6839 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6840 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6841
6842 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6843 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6844
6845 @table @asis
6846 @item gnu
6847 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6848 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6849 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6850 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6851 formats.
6852
6853 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6854 length.
6855
6856 @item oldgnu
6857 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6858
6859 @item v7
6860 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6861 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6862 are:
6863
6864 @enumerate
6865 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6866 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6867 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6868 devices, fifos etc.)
6869 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6870 octal)
6871 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6872 and group name of the file owner).
6873 @end enumerate
6874
6875 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6876 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6877 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6878 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6879 Automake prior to 1.9.
6880
6881 @item ustar
6882 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6883 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6884 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6885
6886 @enumerate
6887 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6888 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6889 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6890 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6891 characters.
6892 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6893 100 characters.
6894 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6895 is 8GB
6896 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6897 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6898 @end enumerate
6899
6900 @item star
6901 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6902 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6903 currently does not produce them.
6904
6905 @item posix
6906 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6907 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6908 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6909 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6910 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6911 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6912 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6913 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6914 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6915
6916 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6917 of @GNUTAR{}.
6918
6919 @end table
6920
6921 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6922 formats:
6923
6924 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6925 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6926 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6927 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6928 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6929 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6930 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6931 @end multitable
6932
6933 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6934 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6935 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6936 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6937 switch to @samp{posix}.
6938
6939 @menu
6940 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6941 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6942 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6943 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6944 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6945 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6946 @end menu
6947
6948 @node Portability
6949 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6950
6951 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6952 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6953 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6954 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6955 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6956 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6957 archives more portable.
6958
6959 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6960 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6961 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6962 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6963
6964 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
6965 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
6966
6967 @menu
6968 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6969 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6970 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6971 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6972 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6973 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6974 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6975 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6976 @end menu
6977
6978 @node Portable Names
6979 @subsection Portable Names
6980
6981 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6982 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6983 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6984 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6985 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6986 less.
6987
6988 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6989 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6990 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6991 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6992 than System V's.
6993
6994 @node dereference
6995 @subsection Symbolic Links
6996 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6997 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6998
6999 @opindex dereference
7000 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
7001 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
7002 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
7003 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
7004 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
7005 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
7006 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
7007 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
7008
7009 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
7010 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
7011 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
7012 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
7013 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
7014 system.
7015
7016 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
7017 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
7018 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
7019
7020 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
7021 and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
7022 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
7023 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
7024
7025 @node old
7026 @subsection Old V7 Archives
7027 @cindex Format, old style
7028 @cindex Old style format
7029 @cindex Old style archives
7030 @cindex v7 archive format
7031
7032 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
7033 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
7034 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
7035 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
7036 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
7037 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
7038 option). When you specify it,
7039 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
7040 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
7041 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
7042
7043 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
7044 unless the archive was created using this option.
7045
7046 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
7047 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
7048 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
7049 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
7050 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions.
7051
7052 @node ustar
7053 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
7054
7055 @cindex ustar archive format
7056 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
7057 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
7058 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
7059 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
7060 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
7061 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
7062
7063 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
7064 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
7065
7066 @node gnu
7067 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
7068
7069 @cindex GNU archive format
7070 @cindex Old GNU archive format
7071 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
7072 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
7073 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
7074 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
7075 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
7076 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
7077 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
7078 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
7079 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
7080
7081 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
7082 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
7083 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
7084
7085 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
7086 @option{--format=gnu}.
7087
7088 @node posix
7089 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
7090
7091 @cindex POSIX archive format
7092 @cindex PAX archive format
7093 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
7094 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
7095
7096 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
7097 was given @option{--format=posix} option.
7098
7099 @node Checksumming
7100 @subsection Checksumming Problems
7101
7102 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
7103 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
7104 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
7105 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
7106 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
7107 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
7108 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
7109 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
7110 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
7111 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
7112 vice versa.
7113
7114 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
7115 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
7116 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
7117 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
7118 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
7119 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
7120 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
7121 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
7122
7123 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
7124 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
7125 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
7126 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
7127 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
7128 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
7129 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
7130 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
7131 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
7132 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
7133 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
7134
7135 @node Large or Negative Values
7136 @subsection Large or Negative Values
7137 @cindex large values
7138 @cindex future time stamps
7139 @cindex negative time stamps
7140 @UNREVISED{}
7141
7142 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
7143 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
7144 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
7145 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
7146 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
7147 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
7148 help you to do so.
7149
7150 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
7151 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
7152 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
7153 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
7154 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
7155 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
7156 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
7157 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
7158 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
7159 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
7160 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
7161 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
7162 representations.
7163
7164 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
7165 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
7166 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
7167
7168 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
7169 POSIX-aware tars.}
7170
7171 @node Compression
7172 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7173
7174 @menu
7175 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7176 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7177 @end menu
7178
7179 @node gzip
7180 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7181 @cindex Compressed archives
7182 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7183
7184 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
7185 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
7186 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
7187 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
7188 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
7189 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
7190 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
7191
7192 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
7193 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
7194 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
7195 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
7196 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
7197 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
7198 For example:
7199
7200 @smallexample
7201 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
7202 @end smallexample
7203
7204 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
7205 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
7206 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
7207 archive created in previous example:
7208
7209 @smallexample
7210 # List the compressed archive
7211 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
7212 # Extract the compressed archive
7213 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
7214 @end smallexample
7215
7216 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
7217 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
7218 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
7219 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
7220
7221 @smallexample
7222 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
7223 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
7224 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
7225 @end smallexample
7226
7227 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
7228 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
7229
7230 @smallexample
7231 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
7232 @end smallexample
7233
7234 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
7235 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
7236 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u})) them or delete
7237 (@option{--delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
7238 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
7239 @option{--append} (@option{-r})). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
7240 compressed.
7241
7242 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
7243
7244 @table @option
7245 @opindex gzip
7246 @opindex ungzip
7247 @item -z
7248 @itemx --gzip
7249 @itemx --ungzip
7250 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
7251
7252 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
7253 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
7254 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
7255 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
7256 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
7257 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
7258
7259 @smallexample
7260 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
7261 @end smallexample
7262
7263 @noindent
7264 Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
7265 @command{gzip} explicitly:
7266
7267 @smallexample
7268 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
7269 @end smallexample
7270
7271 @cindex corrupted archives
7272 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
7273 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
7274 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
7275 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
7276 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
7277 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
7278
7279 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
7280 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
7281 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
7282 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
7283 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
7284 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
7285
7286 @opindex bzip2
7287 @item -j
7288 @itemx --bzip2
7289 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
7290
7291 @opindex compress
7292 @opindex uncompress
7293 @item -Z
7294 @itemx --compress
7295 @itemx --uncompress
7296 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
7297
7298 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
7299 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
7300 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
7301 @command{compress}.
7302
7303 @opindex use-compress-program
7304 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
7305 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
7306 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
7307 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
7308
7309 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
7310 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
7311
7312 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
7313 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
7314 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
7315 @end table
7316
7317 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
7318 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
7319 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
7320 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
7321 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
7322 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
7323 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
7324 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
7325 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
7326 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
7327
7328 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
7329 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
7330 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
7331 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
7332 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
7333
7334 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
7335 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
7336 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
7337 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
7338 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
7339
7340 Isn't that exactly the role of the @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
7341 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
7342 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
7343 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
7344 extraction is needed rather than creation.
7345
7346 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
7347 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
7348 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
7349 end up with less space on the tape.}
7350
7351 @node sparse
7352 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
7353 @cindex Sparse Files
7354 @UNREVISED
7355
7356 @table @option
7357 @opindex sparse
7358 @item -S
7359 @itemx --sparse
7360 Handle sparse files efficiently.
7361 @end table
7362
7363 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
7364 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @option{--sparse}
7365 (@option{-S}) option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
7366 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
7367 space needed to store such a file.
7368
7369 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
7370 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
7371 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
7372 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
7373
7374 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
7375 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
7376 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
7377 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
7378 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
7379 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
7380 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}). When
7381 you use this option, then, for any file using less disk space than
7382 would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches the file for
7383 consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the archive for
7384 the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and only
7385 archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
7386 @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such
7387 files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
7388 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
7389 won't take more space than the original.
7390
7391 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
7392 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
7393 the @option{--sparse} option in conjunction with the @option{--create}
7394 (@option{-c}) operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness
7395 while archiving. If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a
7396 sparse representation of the file in the archive. @xref{create}, for
7397 more information about creating archives.
7398
7399 @option{--sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
7400 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
7401 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
7402
7403 @quotation
7404 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @option{--sparse} when performing file
7405 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
7406 sparsely in the system.
7407
7408 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
7409 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
7410 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
7411 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
7412 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
7413 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
7414 @end quotation
7415
7416 @command{tar} ignores the @option{--sparse} option when reading an archive.
7417
7418 @table @option
7419 @item --sparse
7420 @itemx -S
7421 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
7422 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
7423 @end table
7424
7425 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
7426 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
7427 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
7428 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
7429 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
7430 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
7431 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
7432 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
7433 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
7434 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
7435
7436 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
7437 the @option{--sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
7438 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
7439 the whole truth, here. When @option{--sparse} is selected while creating
7440 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
7441 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
7442 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
7443
7444 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
7445 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
7446 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
7447 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
7448 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
7449 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
7450 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
7451 1990-12-10:
7452
7453 @quotation
7454 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
7455 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
7456 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
7457 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
7458 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
7459 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
7460
7461 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
7462 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
7463 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
7464 get it right.
7465 @end quotation
7466
7467 @node Attributes
7468 @section Handling File Attributes
7469 @UNREVISED
7470
7471 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
7472 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
7473 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
7474 place.
7475
7476 Handling of file attributes
7477
7478 @table @option
7479 @opindex atime-preserve
7480 @item --atime-preserve
7481 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
7482 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
7483 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
7484 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
7485
7486 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
7487 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
7488 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
7489 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
7490 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
7491 running.
7492
7493 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
7494 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
7495 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
7496 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
7497 complains right away.
7498
7499 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
7500 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
7501 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
7502
7503 @opindex touch
7504 @item -m
7505 @itemx --touch
7506 Do not extract data modification time.
7507
7508 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
7509 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
7510 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
7511
7512 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
7513
7514 @opindex same-owner
7515 @item --same-owner
7516 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7517 archive.
7518
7519 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7520 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7521 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7522 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7523 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7524 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7525 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7526
7527 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7528 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7529 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7530 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @option{--same-permissions},
7531 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7532 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7533 stored in the archive instead.
7534
7535 @opindex no-same-owner
7536 @item --no-same-owner
7537 @itemx -o
7538 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7539 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7540 only for the superuser.
7541
7542 @opindex numeric-owner
7543 @item --numeric-owner
7544 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7545 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7546 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7547 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7548 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7549
7550 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7551 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7552 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7553 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7554 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7555 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7556 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7557 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7558
7559 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7560 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7561 system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used. Numeric ids could be
7562 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7563 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7564 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7565
7566 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7567 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7568 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7569 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7570 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7571 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7572 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7573 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7574 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7575 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7576 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7577 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7578 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7579 gives you a great deal of control already.
7580
7581 @opindex same-permissions, short description
7582 @opindex preserve-permissions, short description
7583 @item -p
7584 @itemx --same-permissions
7585 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7586 Extract all protection information.
7587
7588 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7589 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7590 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7591 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7592 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7593
7594
7595 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
7596
7597 @opindex preserve
7598 @item --preserve
7599 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
7600
7601 The @option{--preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7602 It is equivalent to @option{--same-permissions} plus @option{--same-order}.
7603
7604 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7605
7606 @end table
7607
7608 @node Standard
7609 @section Basic Tar Format
7610 @UNREVISED
7611
7612 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7613 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7614 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7615 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7616 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7617 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7618 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7619
7620 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7621 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7622 bytes. A file
7623 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7624 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7625 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7626 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7627 information about file types.
7628
7629 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7630 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7631 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7632 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7633 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7634 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7635
7636 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7637 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7638 @xref{label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7639
7640 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7641 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7642 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7643
7644 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7645 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7646 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7647 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7648 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7649 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7650 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7651
7652 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7653 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7654 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b @var{512-size}}) option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7655 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7656 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7657 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7658 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7659 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7660 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7661 records after a zero block.
7662
7663 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7664 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7665
7666 @smallexample
7667 @include header.texi
7668 @end smallexample
7669
7670 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7671 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7672 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7673 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7674 contiguously.
7675
7676 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7677 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7678 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7679 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7680 of file contents is performed.
7681
7682 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7683 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7684 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7685 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7686
7687 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7688 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7689
7690 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7691
7692 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7693 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7694 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7695 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7696 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7697 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7698 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7699 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7700 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
7701 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7702
7703 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7704 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7705 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7706
7707 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7708 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7709 particular the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.}
7710
7711 The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
7712 the time it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal
7713 value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
7714 as an integer number of
7715 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7716
7717 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7718 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7719 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7720 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7721 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7722 if it were all blanks.
7723
7724 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7725 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7726 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7727 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7728
7729 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7730 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
7731 status change times.
7732
7733 The @code{offset} is used by the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option, when
7734 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7735 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7736 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7737 continued at.
7738
7739 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7740 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7741 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7742 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7743 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7744 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7745 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7746 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7747 differently from non-sparse files.
7748
7749 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7750 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7751 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7752 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7753 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7754 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7755 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7756 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7757 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7758 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7759 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7760 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7761 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7762 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7763 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7764 used to handle a sparse file:
7765
7766 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7767 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7768 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7769 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7770 array element.
7771
7772 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7773 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7774
7775 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7776 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7777 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7778 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7779 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7780 an extended_header is needed.
7781
7782 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7783 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7784 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7785 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7786
7787 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7788 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7789 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7790 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7791
7792 @table @asis
7793
7794 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7795 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7796 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7797 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7798 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7799 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7800 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7801 ends with a slash as a directory.
7802
7803 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7804 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7805 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7806 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7807 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7808
7809 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7810 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7811 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7812
7813 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7814 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7815 These represent character special files and block special files
7816 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7817 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7818 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7819 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7820
7821 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7822 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7823 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7824 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7825 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7826 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7827 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7828 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7829 @code{size} field.
7830
7831 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7832 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7833 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7834
7835 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7836 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7837 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7838 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7839 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7840 type as a normal file.
7841
7842 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7843 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7844 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7845
7846 @end table
7847
7848 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7849 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7850
7851 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7852 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7853 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7854 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7855 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7856 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7857
7858 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7859 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7860 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7861 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7862
7863 @node Extensions
7864 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7865 @UNREVISED
7866
7867 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7868 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7869
7870 @table @code
7871 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7872 @itemx 'D'
7873 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7874 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7875 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7876 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7877 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7878 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7879 last file name.
7880
7881 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7882 @itemx 'M'
7883 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7884 archive created with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option. The original
7885 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7886 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7887 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7888 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7889 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7890 the original size of the file.
7891
7892 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7893 @itemx 'S'
7894 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7895 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7896 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7897 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7898
7899 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7900 @itemx 'V'
7901 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7902 the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7903 field contains the @code{name} given after the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option.
7904 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7905 of an archive should have this type.
7906
7907 @end table
7908
7909 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7910 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}),
7911 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}), or @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) were
7912 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7913 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7914 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7915 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7916 checksum error.
7917
7918 @node cpio
7919 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7920 @UNREVISED
7921
7922 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7923
7924 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7925 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7926 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7927 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7928 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7929 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7930
7931 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7932 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7933 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7934 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7935 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7936 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7937 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7938 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7939
7940 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7941 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7942 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7943 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7944
7945 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7946
7947 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7948 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7949 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7950
7951 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7952 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7953 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7954 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7955 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7956 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7957 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7958 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7959 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7960 make hard links between them.
7961
7962 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7963 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7964 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7965 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7966 of the names.
7967
7968 @quotation
7969 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7970 @end quotation
7971
7972 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7973 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7974 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7975
7976 @quotation
7977 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7978 at the unix scene,
7979 @end quotation
7980
7981 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7982 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7983 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7984 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7985 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7986
7987 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7988 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7989 rest of the files.
7990
7991 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7992
7993 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7994 to start on a record boundary.
7995
7996 @quotation
7997 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7998 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7999 crashed archives at all.)
8000 @end quotation
8001
8002 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
8003 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
8004 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
8005 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
8006 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
8007 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
8008 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
8009 archive.
8010
8011 @quotation
8012 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
8013 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
8014 @end quotation
8015
8016 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
8017 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
8018 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
8019 special files.
8020
8021 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
8022 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
8023 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
8024 backwards compatibility.
8025
8026 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
8027 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
8028 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
8029
8030 @node Media
8031 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
8032 @UNREVISED
8033
8034 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
8035 description. These special cases are discussed below.
8036
8037 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
8038 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
8039 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
8040 such manipulation easier.
8041
8042 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
8043 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
8044
8045 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
8046 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
8047 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
8048 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
8049
8050 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
8051 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
8052 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
8053 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
8054 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
8055 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
8056
8057 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
8058 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
8059 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
8060 not a good idea.
8061
8062 @menu
8063 * Device:: Device selection and switching
8064 * Remote Tape Server::
8065 * Common Problems and Solutions::
8066 * Blocking:: Blocking
8067 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
8068 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
8069 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
8070 * verify::
8071 * Write Protection::
8072 @end menu
8073
8074 @node Device
8075 @section Device Selection and Switching
8076 @UNREVISED
8077
8078 @table @option
8079 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8080 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8081 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
8082 @end table
8083
8084 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
8085 works on.
8086
8087 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
8088 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
8089 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
8090 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
8091 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
8092
8093 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
8094 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
8095 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
8096 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
8097 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
8098 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
8099 @command{rsh}.
8100 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
8101 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
8102 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
8103 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
8104 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
8105 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
8106 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
8107 runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
8108 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
8109 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
8110
8111 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
8112 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
8113 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
8114 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
8115 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
8116
8117 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
8118 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
8119 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
8120 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
8121 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
8122 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
8123 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
8124 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
8125 cartridges or diskettes.
8126
8127 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
8128 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
8129 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
8130 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
8131 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
8132 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
8133 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
8134 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
8135 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
8136 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
8137 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
8138 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
8139
8140 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
8141 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
8142 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
8143 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
8144 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
8145
8146 @table @option
8147 @opindex force-local, short description
8148 @item --force-local
8149 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
8150
8151 @opindex rsh-command
8152 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
8153 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
8154 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
8155 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
8156
8157 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
8158 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
8159 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
8160 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
8161 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
8162 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
8163
8164 @item -[0-7][lmh]
8165 Specify drive and density.
8166
8167 @opindex multi-volume, short description
8168 @item -M
8169 @itemx --multi-volume
8170 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
8171
8172 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
8173 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
8174 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
8175
8176 @opindex tape-length, short description
8177 @item -L @var{num}
8178 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
8179 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
8180
8181 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
8182 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
8183 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
8184
8185 @opindex info-script, short description
8186 @opindex new-volume-script, short description
8187 @item -F @var{file}
8188 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8189 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8190 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
8191 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
8192 description of this option.
8193 @end table
8194
8195 @node Remote Tape Server
8196 @section The Remote Tape Server
8197
8198 @cindex remote tape drive
8199 @pindex rmt
8200 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8201 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8202 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
8203 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
8204 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
8205 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
8206 using a different login name if one is supplied.
8207
8208 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8209 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8210 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
8211 installed by default.
8212
8213 @cindex absolute file names
8214 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8215 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8216 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8217 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8218 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8219 message telling you what it is doing.
8220
8221 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8222 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8223 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8224 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8225 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8226 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8227 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8228 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8229 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8230 backup tapes.
8231
8232 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8233 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8234 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8235 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8236 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8237 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
8238 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8239
8240 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8241 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8242 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8243 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8244 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8245 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8246
8247 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8248 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8249 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8250 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8251 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8252 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8253
8254 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
8255 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
8256 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
8257 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
8258 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8259
8260 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8261 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8262
8263 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
8264 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
8265 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8266 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8267 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8268 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8269 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8270 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
8271
8272 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8273 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8274
8275 @ifclear PUBLISH
8276
8277 @format
8278 errors from system:
8279 permission denied
8280 no such file or directory
8281 not owner
8282
8283 errors from @command{tar}:
8284 directory checksum error
8285 header format error
8286
8287 errors from media/system:
8288 i/o error
8289 device busy
8290 @end format
8291
8292 @end ifclear
8293
8294 @node Blocking
8295 @section Blocking
8296 @UNREVISED
8297
8298 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8299 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8300 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8301 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8302 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8303
8304 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8305 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8306
8307 @quotation
8308 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8309 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8310 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8311 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8312 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8313 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8314 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8315 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8316 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8317 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8318
8319 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8320 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8321 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8322 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8323 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8324 into the source code too.
8325 @end quotation
8326
8327 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8328 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8329 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8330 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8331 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8332 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8333 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8334 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8335 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8336 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8337 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8338 in @GNUTAR{}.
8339
8340 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8341 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8342 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8343 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8344 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8345 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8346 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8347 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8348 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8349 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8350 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8351 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8352 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8353 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8354 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8355
8356 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8357 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8358 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8359 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
8360 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
8361 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
8362 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
8363 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
8364 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8365
8366 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8367 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8368 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8369 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8370 honor blocking.
8371
8372 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8373 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8374 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8375 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8376 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8377 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8378 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
8379 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
8380 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8381 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
8382 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8383 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8384 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8385 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8386 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
8387 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8388 correctly.
8389
8390 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8391 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8392 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8393 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8394 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8395
8396 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8397 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8398 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8399 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8400 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8401 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8402 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8403 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8404 around one megabyte.
8405
8406 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8407 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8408 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8409 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8410 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8411 device.
8412
8413 @menu
8414 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8415 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8416 @end menu
8417
8418 @node Format Variations
8419 @subsection Format Variations
8420 @cindex Format Parameters
8421 @cindex Format Options
8422 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8423 @cindex Options, format specifying
8424 @UNREVISED
8425
8426 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8427 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8428 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8429 store the archive.
8430
8431 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8432 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8433 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8434 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8435 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
8436 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
8437 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8438 examples of format parameter considerations.
8439
8440 @node Blocking Factor
8441 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8442 @cindex Blocking Factor
8443 @cindex Record Size
8444 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8445 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8446 @cindex Bytes per record
8447 @cindex Blocks per record
8448 @UNREVISED
8449
8450 @opindex blocking-factor
8451 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8452 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8453 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8454 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8455 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8456 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
8457 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
8458 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
8459 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
8460 This may not work on some devices.
8461
8462 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8463 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8464 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8465 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8466 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8467 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8468 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8469 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8470 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8471 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8472 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8473 writing archives.
8474
8475 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8476
8477 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8478 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8479 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8480 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8481 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8482 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8483
8484 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8485 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8486 example, this has been reported:
8487
8488 @smallexample
8489 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8490 @end smallexample
8491
8492 @noindent
8493 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8494 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8495 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8496 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8497 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8498 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8499 for example, might resolve the problem.
8500
8501 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8502 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8503 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8504 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
8505 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
8506 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
8507 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
8508 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
8509 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
8510 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
8511 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
8512 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
8513 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
8514
8515 @table @option
8516 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8517 @itemx -b @var{number}
8518 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8519 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8520 @end table
8521
8522 Device blocking
8523
8524 @table @option
8525 @item -b @var{blocks}
8526 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8527 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8528
8529 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8530 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8531 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8532 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8533 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8534 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8535
8536 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8537 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8538 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8539 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8540
8541 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8542 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8543 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8544 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8545 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8546
8547 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8548 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8549 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8550 updating the archive.
8551
8552 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8553 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8554 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8555 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8556
8557 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8558 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8559 the amount of available virtual memory.
8560
8561 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8562 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8563 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8564 @itemize @bullet
8565 @item
8566 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8567 @item
8568 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8569 redirected nor piped,
8570 @item
8571 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8572 device,
8573 @item
8574 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8575 invocation.
8576 @end itemize
8577
8578 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8579 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8580 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8581 topic:
8582
8583 @itemize @bullet
8584
8585 @item
8586 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8587 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8588 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8589 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8590 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8591 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8592
8593 @item
8594 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8595 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8596 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8597 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8598 ignored.
8599
8600 @item
8601 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8602 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8603 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8604 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8605 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8606 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8607 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8608
8609 @item
8610 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8611 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8612 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8613 @end itemize
8614
8615 @opindex ignore-zeros, short description
8616 @item -i
8617 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8618 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8619
8620 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8621 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8622 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8623 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8624 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8625 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8626 the zeroed blocks.
8627
8628 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8629 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8630 are stored on a single physical tape.
8631
8632 @opindex read-full-records, short description
8633 @item -B
8634 @itemx --read-full-records
8635 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8636
8637 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
8638 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
8639 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
8640 until it has obtained a full
8641 record.
8642
8643 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8644 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8645 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8646 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8647 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8648 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8649
8650 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8651
8652 @end table
8653
8654 Tape blocking
8655
8656 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8657
8658 @cindex blocking factor
8659 @cindex tape blocking
8660
8661 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8662 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8663 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8664 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8665 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8666 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8667 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8668 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8669 tape motion without loosing information.
8670
8671 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8672 @cindex DAT blocking
8673 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8674 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8675 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8676 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8677 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8678 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8679 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8680 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8681 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8682 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8683 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8684 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8685 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8686 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8687 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8688 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8689
8690 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8691 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8692 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8693 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8694
8695 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8696 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8697 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8698
8699 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8700 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8701 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8702
8703 @node Many
8704 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8705
8706 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8707
8708 @findex ntape @r{device}
8709 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8710 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8711 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8712 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8713 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8714 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8715 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8716 device.
8717
8718 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8719 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8720 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8721 means that a simple:
8722
8723 @smallexample
8724 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8725 @end smallexample
8726
8727 @noindent
8728 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8729 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8730 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8731 just been saved.
8732
8733 @cindex tape positioning
8734 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8735 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8736 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8737 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8738 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8739 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8740 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8741 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8742 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8743 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8744 recovered.
8745
8746 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8747 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8748
8749 @smallexample
8750 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8751 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8752 @end smallexample
8753
8754 @cindex tape marks
8755 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8756 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8757 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8758 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8759 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8760 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8761 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8762 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8763 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8764 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8765 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8766
8767 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8768 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8769
8770 @smallexample
8771 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8772 @end smallexample
8773
8774 @noindent
8775 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8776
8777 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8778 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8779 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8780 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8781 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8782 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8783 these commands:
8784
8785 @smallexample
8786 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8787 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8788 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8789 @end smallexample
8790
8791 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8792 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8793
8794 @menu
8795 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8796 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8797 @end menu
8798
8799 @node Tape Positioning
8800 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8801 @UNREVISED
8802
8803 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8804 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8805 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8806 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8807 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8808 two at the end of all the file entries.
8809
8810 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8811 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8812
8813 @smallexample
8814 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8815 @end smallexample
8816
8817 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8818 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8819 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8820 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8821 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8822 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8823 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8824 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8825 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8826 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
8827 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
8828 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
8829
8830 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8831 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8832 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8833 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8834 following:
8835
8836 @smallexample
8837 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8838 @end smallexample
8839
8840 @node mt
8841 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8842 @UNREVISED
8843
8844 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8845 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8846 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
8847
8848 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8849 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8850 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8851 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8852 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8853 together"?}
8854
8855 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8856
8857 @smallexample
8858 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8859 @end smallexample
8860
8861 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8862 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8863 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8864
8865 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8866
8867 @table @option
8868 @item eof
8869 @itemx weof
8870 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8871
8872 @item fsf
8873 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8874
8875 @item bsf
8876 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8877
8878 @item rewind
8879 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8880
8881 @item offline
8882 @itemx rewoff1
8883 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8884
8885 @item status
8886 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8887
8888 @end table
8889
8890 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8891
8892 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8893 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8894 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8895
8896 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8897 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8898 failed.
8899
8900 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8901 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8902 @UNREVISED
8903
8904 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8905 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8906 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8907 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
8908 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8909
8910 Use @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) on the command line, and
8911 then @command{tar} will, when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt
8912 for another tape, and continue the archive. Each tape will have an
8913 independent archive, and can be read without needing the other. (As
8914 an exception to this, the file that @command{tar} was archiving when
8915 it ran out of tape will usually be split between the two archives; in
8916 this case you need to extract from the first archive, using
8917 @option{--multi-volume}, and then put in the second tape when
8918 prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the file.)
8919
8920 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
8921 You need @GNUTAR{} at both ends to process them properly.
8922
8923 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8924 responses:
8925
8926 @table @kbd
8927 @item ?
8928 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8929 @item q
8930 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8931 @item n @var{file name}
8932 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8933 @item !
8934 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
8935 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to @command{tar}.
8936 @item y
8937 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8938 @end table
8939
8940 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8941 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8942
8943 @cindex End-of-archive info script
8944 @cindex Info script
8945 @anchor{info-script}
8946 @opindex info-script
8947 @opindex new-volume-script
8948 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8949 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
8950 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
8951 @var{script-name}}) option. The file @var{script-name} is expected to
8952 be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8953 prompting procedure. It is executed without any command line
8954 arguments. Additional data is passed to it via the following
8955 environment variables:
8956
8957 @table @env
8958 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
8959 @item TAR_VERSION
8960 @GNUTAR{} version number.
8961
8962 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
8963 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
8964 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
8965
8966 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
8967 @item TAR_VOLUME
8968 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
8969
8970 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
8971 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
8972 Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executed.
8973 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
8974
8975 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
8976 @item TAR_FORMAT
8977 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
8978 list of archive format names.
8979 @end table
8980
8981 The info script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
8982 by writing in to file descriptor 3 (see below for an
8983 example).
8984
8985 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
8986 writing the next volume.
8987
8988 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8989 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8990 @option{--tape-length=@var{size}} (@option{-L @var{size}}) option if
8991 @command{tar} can't detect the end of the tape itself. This option
8992 selects @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) automatically. The
8993 @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape in
8994 units of 1024 bytes. But for many devices, and floppy disks in
8995 particular, this option is never required for real, as far as we know.
8996
8997 @cindex Volume number file
8998 @cindex volno file
8999 @anchor{volno-file}
9000 @opindex volno-file
9001 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
9002 can be changed; if you give the
9003 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
9004 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or
9005 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
9006 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
9007 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
9008 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
9009 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
9010 the number used in the prompt.)
9011
9012 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
9013 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
9014 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
9015 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
9016 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
9017 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
9018 the info script). Secondly, you can use the @samp{n} response to the
9019 tape-change prompt, and, finally, you can use an info script, that
9020 writes new archive name to file descriptor. The following example
9021 illustrates this approach:
9022
9023 @smallexample
9024 @group
9025 #! /bin/sh
9026 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
9027
9028 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
9029 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
9030 -c) ;;
9031 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
9032 ;;
9033 *) exit 1
9034 esac
9035
9036 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&3
9037 @end group
9038 @end smallexample
9039
9040 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
9041 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
9042 volume alone; just don't specify @option{--multi-volume}
9043 (@option{-M}). However, if one file in the archive is split across
9044 volumes, the only way to extract it successfully is with a
9045 multi-volume extract command @option{--extract --multi-volume}
9046 (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where the file begins.
9047
9048 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
9049 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
9050 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
9051 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
9052
9053 @smallexample
9054 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9055 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9056 @end smallexample
9057
9058 @menu
9059 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9060 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
9061 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9062
9063 @end menu
9064
9065 @node Multi-Volume Archives
9066 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9067 @cindex Multi-volume archives
9068 @UNREVISED
9069
9070 @opindex multi-volume
9071 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
9072 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
9073 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
9074 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
9075 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
9076 than one tape or disk.
9077
9078 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
9079 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
9080 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
9081 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
9082 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
9083 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
9084
9085 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
9086 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
9087 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
9088 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
9089 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
9090 @option{--multi-volume}.
9091
9092 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
9093 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
9094 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
9095 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
9096 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
9097 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
9098 information about extracting archives.
9099
9100 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
9101 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
9102 @var{script-name}}) (@pxref{info-script}) is like
9103 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), except that @command{tar} does
9104 not prompt you directly to change media volumes when a volume is
9105 full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored in
9106 @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
9107 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
9108 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When
9109 @var{script-name} is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media
9110 has been changed.
9111
9112 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
9113 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
9114 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
9115 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
9116
9117 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
9118 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9119 (@pxref{label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
9120 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label
9121 subsequent volumes, specify @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again
9122 in conjunction with the @option{--append}, @option{--update} or
9123 @option{--concatenate} operation.
9124
9125 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
9126 @FIXME{example}
9127
9128 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
9129 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
9130
9131 @table @option
9132 @item --multi-volume
9133 @itemx -M
9134 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
9135 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
9136 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
9137 operation.
9138
9139 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
9140 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{program-file}
9141 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
9142 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
9143 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). @xref{info-script}, dor a detailed discussion.
9144 @end table
9145
9146 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
9147 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
9148 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
9149 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
9150 The converse is also true: you may not expect
9151 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
9152 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
9153 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
9154 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
9155 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
9156 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
9157 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
9158
9159 @node Tape Files
9160 @subsection Tape Files
9161 @UNREVISED
9162
9163 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
9164 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
9165 option. This will write a special block identifying
9166 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
9167 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
9168 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
9169 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
9170 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
9171 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
9172 (If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
9173 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
9174 matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
9175
9176 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
9177 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
9178 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
9179 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
9180 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
9181 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
9182 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
9183
9184 People seem to often do:
9185
9186 @smallexample
9187 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
9188 @end smallexample
9189
9190 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
9191
9192 @node Tarcat
9193 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9194
9195 @pindex tarcat
9196 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
9197 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
9198 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
9199 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
9200 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
9201
9202 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
9203 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
9204
9205 @smallexample
9206 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
9207 @end smallexample
9208
9209 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
9210 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
9211 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
9212 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
9213 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
9214 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
9215
9216 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
9217
9218 @node label
9219 @section Including a Label in the Archive
9220 @cindex Labeling an archive
9221 @cindex Labels on the archive media
9222 @UNREVISED
9223
9224 @opindex label
9225 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
9226 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
9227 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
9228 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9229 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
9230 a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
9231
9232 @table @option
9233 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9234 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9235 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9236 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9237 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
9238 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
9239 operation.
9240 @end table
9241
9242 If you create an archive using both
9243 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9244 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
9245 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
9246 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
9247 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
9248 creating multiple volume archives.
9249
9250 @cindex Volume label, listing
9251 @cindex Listing volume label
9252 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
9253 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
9254 explicitely marked as in the example below:
9255
9256 @smallexample
9257 @group
9258 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9259 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9260 -rw-r--r-- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9261 @end group
9262 @end smallexample
9263
9264 @opindex test-label
9265 @anchor{--test-label option}
9266 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
9267 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
9268 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
9269 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
9270 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
9271 devices. For example:
9272
9273 @smallexample
9274 @group
9275 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
9276 iamalabel
9277 @end group
9278 @end smallexample
9279
9280 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
9281 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
9282 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
9283 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
9284
9285 @smallexample
9286 @group
9287 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
9288 @result{} 0
9289 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
9290 @result{} 1
9291 @end group
9292 @end smallexample
9293
9294 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
9295 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
9296 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
9297 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
9298 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
9299 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
9300 you will get:
9301
9302 @smallexample
9303 @group
9304 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
9305 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
9306 @end group
9307 @end smallexample
9308
9309 @noindent
9310 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
9311 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
9312
9313 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
9314 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
9315 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
9316 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
9317 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
9318 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
9319 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
9320 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
9321 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
9322 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
9323 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
9324 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
9325 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
9326 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
9327 of it when the archive is being read.
9328
9329 The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
9330 available under that name anymore.
9331
9332 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
9333 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
9334 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9335 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9336
9337 @smallexample
9338 @group
9339 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9340 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9341 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9342 @end group
9343 @end smallexample
9344
9345 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9346 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9347 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9348 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9349 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9350 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9351 is usually not the case.
9352
9353 @node verify
9354 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9355 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9356 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9357
9358 @table @option
9359 @item -W
9360 @itemx --verify
9361 @opindex verify, short description
9362 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9363 @end table
9364
9365 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9366 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9367 are recorded on the standard error output.
9368
9369 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9370 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9371 cannot be verified.
9372
9373 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9374 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9375 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9376 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9377 it is up to date.
9378
9379 @opindex verify, using with @option{--create}
9380 @opindex create, using with @option{--verify}
9381 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9382 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
9383 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
9384 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9385 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9386
9387 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9388 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9389 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9390 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9391
9392 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
9393 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
9394 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
9395 @xref{compare}.
9396
9397 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9398 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
9399 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
9400 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9401 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
9402 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9403 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9404 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
9405 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9406 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9407 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9408 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9409
9410 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9411 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9412 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9413 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9414 as long as programming is concerned.
9415
9416 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
9417 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
9418 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
9419 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
9420 information on these operations.
9421
9422 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9423 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9424 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9425 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9426 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9427
9428 @node Write Protection
9429 @section Write Protection
9430
9431 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9432 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9433 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9434 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9435 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9436 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9437
9438 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9439 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9440 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9441 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9442 changeable feature.
9443
9444 @node Changes
9445 @appendix Changes
9446
9447 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
9448 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
9449 version of this document is available at
9450 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
9451 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
9452
9453 @table @asis
9454 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
9455
9456 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
9457 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
9458
9459 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
9460 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
9461 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
9462
9463 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
9464 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
9465 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
9466
9467 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
9468 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
9469 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
9470 of this issue and its implications.
9471
9472 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
9473 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
9474
9475 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
9476
9477 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
9478 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
9479 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
9480 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
9481 @option{--check-links}.
9482
9483 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
9484
9485 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
9486
9487 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
9488
9489 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
9490 @end table
9491
9492 @node Configuring Help Summary
9493 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
9494
9495 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
9496 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organised by @dfn{groups} of
9497 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
9498 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
9499 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
9500 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
9501 --help} output:
9502
9503 @verbatim
9504 Main operation mode:
9505
9506 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
9507 -c, --create create a new archive
9508 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
9509 file system
9510 --delete delete from the archive
9511 @end verbatim
9512
9513 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
9514 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
9515 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
9516 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
9517 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
9518 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
9519 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
9520 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
9521 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
9522
9523 @table @asis
9524 @item Offset assignment
9525
9526 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
9527
9528 @smallexample
9529 @var{variable}=@var{value}
9530 @end smallexample
9531
9532 @noindent
9533 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
9534 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
9535
9536 @item Boolean assignment
9537
9538 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
9539 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
9540 example:
9541
9542 @smallexample
9543 @group
9544 # Assign @code{true} value:
9545 dup-args
9546 # Assign @code{false} value:
9547 no-dup-args
9548 @end group
9549 @end smallexample
9550 @end table
9551
9552 Following variables are declared:
9553
9554 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
9555 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
9556 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
9557
9558 @smallexample
9559 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9560 @end smallexample
9561
9562 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
9563 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
9564
9565 @smallexample
9566 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9567 @end smallexample
9568
9569 @noindent
9570 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
9571 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
9572 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
9573
9574 The default is false.
9575 @end deftypevr
9576
9577 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
9578 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
9579 is displayed at the end of the help output:
9580
9581 @quotation
9582 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
9583 optional for any corresponding short options.
9584 @end quotation
9585
9586 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
9587 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
9588 @end deftypevr
9589
9590 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
9591 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
9592
9593 @smallexample
9594 @group
9595 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9596 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9597 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9598 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9599 @end group
9600 @end smallexample
9601 @end deftypevr
9602
9603 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
9604 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
9605
9606 @smallexample
9607 @group
9608 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9609 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9610 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9611 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9612 @end group
9613 @end smallexample
9614 @end deftypevr
9615
9616 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
9617 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
9618 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
9619 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
9620 the description of @option{--format} option:
9621
9622 @smallexample
9623 @group
9624 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
9625
9626 FORMAT is one of the following:
9627
9628 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
9629 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
9630 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
9631 posix same as pax
9632 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
9633 v7 old V7 tar format
9634 @end group
9635 @end smallexample
9636
9637 @noindent
9638 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
9639 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
9640 will look as follows:
9641
9642 @smallexample
9643 @group
9644 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
9645
9646 FORMAT is one of the following:
9647
9648 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
9649 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
9650 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
9651 posix same as pax
9652 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
9653 v7 old V7 tar format
9654 @end group
9655 @end smallexample
9656 @end deftypevr
9657
9658 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
9659 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
9660
9661 @smallexample
9662 @group
9663 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9664 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9665 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9666 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9667 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
9668 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
9669 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
9670 @end group
9671 @end smallexample
9672
9673 @noindent
9674 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
9675 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
9676 @end deftypevr
9677
9678 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
9679 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
9680 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
9681 following text:
9682
9683 @verbatim
9684 Main operation mode:
9685
9686 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
9687 an archive
9688 -c, --create create a new archive
9689 @end verbatim
9690 @noindent
9691 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
9692
9693 The default value is 1.
9694 @end deftypevr
9695
9696 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
9697 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
9698 output. Default is 12.
9699 @end deftypevr
9700
9701 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
9702 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
9703 @end deftypevr
9704
9705 @node Genfile
9706 @appendix Genfile
9707 @include genfile.texi
9708
9709 @node Snapshot Files
9710 @appendix Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
9711 @include snapshot.texi
9712
9713 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9714 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
9715 @include freemanuals.texi
9716
9717 @node Copying This Manual
9718 @appendix Copying This Manual
9719
9720 @menu
9721 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
9722 @end menu
9723
9724 @include fdl.texi
9725
9726 @node Index of Command Line Options
9727 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
9728
9729 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
9730 options. The options are listed without the preceeding double-dash.
9731
9732 @FIXME{@itemize
9733 @item Make sure @emph{all} options are indexed.
9734 @item Provide an index of short options
9735 @end itemize}
9736
9737 @printindex op
9738
9739 @node Index
9740 @appendix Index
9741
9742 @printindex cp
9743
9744 @summarycontents
9745 @contents
9746 @bye
9747
9748 @c Local variables:
9749 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
9750 @c End:
9751
This page took 0.502264 seconds and 3 git commands to generate.